Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Foreword
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with WARNING
confidence. It was produced using the latest
DRIVING
techniques and strict quality control. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA- This vehicle will handle and maneuver
TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! differently from an ordinary passenger
This manual was prepared to help you under-
car because it has a higher center of
stand the operation and maintenance of your
Follow these important driving rules to gravity for off-road use. As with other
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip vehicles with features of this type, failure
driving pleasure. Please read through this
for you and your passengers! to operate this vehicle correctly may
manual before operating your vehicle.
. NEVER drive under the influence of result in loss of control or an accident.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet Be sure to read On-pavement and off-
alcohol or drugs.
explains details about the warranties cov- road driving precautions, Avoiding colli-
ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service . ALWAYS observe posted speed lim- sion and rollover and Driving safety
and Maintenance Guide explains details its and never drive too fast for precautions in the 5. Starting and driv-
about maintaining and servicing your ve- conditions. ing section of this manual.
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer . ALWAYS give your full attention to
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will
explain how to resolve any concerns you
driving and avoid using vehicle MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
features or taking other actions that
may have with your vehicle, as well as This vehicle should not be modified.
clarify your rights under your states lemon could distract you. Modification could affect its performance,
law. . ALWAYS use your seat belts and safety or durability, and may even violate
appropriate child restraint systems. governmental regulations. In addition,
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.
Pre-teen children should be seated damage or performance problems result-
When you require any service or have any
in the rear seat. ing from modification may not be covered
questions, we will be glad to assist you with the
under NISSAN warranties.
extensive resources available to us. . ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety
READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY features to all occupants of the
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owners vehicle. This manual includes information for all
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with . ALWAYS review this Owners Man- options available on this model. Therefore,
controls and maintenance requirements, assist- you may find some information that does
ual for important safety information.
ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle. not apply to your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
this manual are those in effect at the time of above call attention to an item in the illustration.
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
specifications or design at any time without CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
notice. WARNING
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT WARNING
THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual. They Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-
are used in the following ways: ents, and certain vehicle components
contain or emit chemicals known to the
WARNING State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
This is used to indicate the presence of harm. In addition, certain fluids con-
a hazard that could cause death or SIC0697
tained in vehicles and certain products
serious personal injury. To avoid or If you see the symbol above, it means Do not of component wear contain or emit
reduce the risk, the procedures must do this or Do not let this happen. chemicals known to the State of Cali-
be followed precisely. fornia to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.
CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above in an CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-
illustration, it means the arrow points to the front SORY
This is used to indicate the presence of of the vehicle.
a hazard that could cause minor or Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-
moderate personal injury or damage to teries, may contain perchlorate material.
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, The following advisory is provided: Per-
chlorate Material - special handling may
the procedures must be followed care- Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
fully. above indicate movement or action. hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
BLUETOOTH is a trademark
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
U.S.A.
*
C 2007 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you the following information: For U.S. customers
would like to provide NISSAN directly with Nissan North America, Inc.
comments or questions, please contact the Your name, address, and telephone number
Consumer Affairs Department
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using Vehicle identification number (attached to P.O. Box 685003
our toll-free number: the top of the instrument panel on the Franklin, TN 37068-5003
drivers side) For Canadian customers
For U.S. customers
Nissan Canada Inc.
1-800-NISSAN-1 Date of purchase
5290 Orbitor Drive
(1-800-647-7261) Current odometer reading Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
For Canadian customers
1-800-387-0122 Your NISSAN dealers name
Your comments or questions
OR
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
In case of emergency 6
Index 10
SSI0372
EXTERIOR FRONT
1. Hood (P.3-18)
2. Headlight and turn signal lights
Switch operation (P.2-32)
Bulb replacement (P.8-25)
3. Windshield wiper and washer
Switch operation (P.2-28)
Blade replacement (P.8-17)
Window washer fluid (P.8-12)
4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-48)
5. Moonroof* (P.2-52)
6. Power windows (P.2-49)
7. Recovery hook (P.6-15)
8. License plate installation (P.9-11)
9. Fog lights*
Switch operation (P.2-36)
Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
10. Tires
Wheel and tires (P.8-30, P.9-7)
Flat tire (6-2)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-13, P.5-3)
11. Outside mirrors (P.3-28)
12. Doors
Keys (P.3-2)
Door locks (P.3-4)
Intelligent Key system* (P.3-7)
Remote keyless entry system (P.3-15)
Security system (P.2-25)
13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-7)
14. Fuel-filler door
Operation (P.3-23)
SSI0373 Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
*: if so equipped
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
EXTERIOR REAR
SSI0374
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
8. Moonroof* (P.2-52)
9. Front map lights (P.2-54)
10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-42)
11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-27)
Anti-glare adjustment* (P.3-28)
HomeLink universal transceiver* (P.2-57)
Compass* (P.2-7)
12. Cargo area
Storages (P.2-45)
Luggage hooks (P.2-47)
Cargo light* (P.2-56)
Spare tire (P.6-3)
13. Rear cup holders (P.2-41)
14. Heated seat switch (Rear)* (P.2-37)
15. Console box - rear (P.2-44)
16. Auxiliary input jack* (P.4-48)
17. Console box (P.2-44)
Power outlet* (P.2-39)
18. Front cup holders (P.2-41)
19. Storage box (P.2-45) or Cigarette lighter/Ashtray
(P.2-41)
*: if so equipped
SSI0375
INSTRUMENT PANEL
8. Steering wheel
Horn (P.2-37)
Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-41)
Power steering system (P.5-25)
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
Cruise control switches (P.5-18)
10. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-28)
11. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-8)
12. Center ventilator (P.4-25)
13. Center display (P.4-26, P.4-31)/Center color dis-
play* (P.4-2)/Navigation system**
14. Heater/air conditioner or
Center multi-function control panel*
Navigation system**
Vehicle information and setting buttons (P.4-8)
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System (P.4-75)
Audio system (P.4-31)
15. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-36)
16. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-41)
17. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.2-39, 5-27)
18. Power lift gate main switch (P.3-18)
19. Power seatback switch* (P.1-6)
SSI0376 20. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)
21. Parking brake (P.5-17)
1. Headlight aiming control* (P.2-34) 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* 22. Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch
2. Side ventilator (P.4-25) Audio control* (P.4-60) (P.3-25)
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control* 23. Key port (P.5-11)
3. Power lift gate switch* (P.3-18)
(P.4-75)
4. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch 24. Audio system (P.4-31)
7. Meters and gauges (P.2-4) Clock (P.2-38)
(P.2-32)
5. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-23) 25. Heated seat switch* (P.2-37)
26. Selector lever (P.5-13)
SSI0377
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SDI2172
SEATS
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or da-
mages.
SSS0133
SSS0792
SSS0793 SSS0684
SSS0819 SSS0820
Forward and backward: the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in Seat lifter (if so equipped):
the P (Park) position.
Moving the switch * forward or backward will
1 Push the front or rear end of the switch up or
slide the seat forward or backward to the down to adjust the angle of the front portion or
desired position. WARNING height of the seat.
Reclining: The seatback should not be reclined
Move the recline switch * 2 backward until the
any more than needed for comfort. Seat
desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback belts are most effective when the
forward again, move the switch * 2 forward. passenger sits well back and straight
up in the seat. If the seatback is
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the reclined, the risk of sliding under the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for lap belt and being injured is increased.
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE later in this section.) Also, the seatback
can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
SSS0795 SSS0569
If the control unit detects any obstacle or Make sure that the seat path is
malfunctions while in the power operation, a clear before moving the seat.
beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback
Be careful not to allow hands or
will return to the folded position automatically.
Check if there are any obstacles caught that feet to get caught or pinched in
prevents seats from retuning to the folded the seat.
position. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still . Properly secure all cargo to help
sounds. prevent it from sliding or shifting.
Do not place cargo higher than the
WARNING seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
. Never allow anyone to ride in the cause personal injury.
cargo area or on the rear seats . When returning the seatbacks, be
when they are in the fold-down sure to attach the rear center seat
SSS0821 position. In a collision, people riding belt connector.
in these areas are more likely to be
To return the seatbacks:
seriously injured or killed. . Do not unfasten the rear center seat
Manual operation: belt connector except when folding
. Do not allow people to ride in any down the rear seat.
Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright area of your vehicle that is not
position until it is latched. equipped with seats and seat belts. . When attaching the rear center seat
Be sure everyone in your vehicle is belt connector, be certain that the
Power operation (if so equipped): seatbacks are completely secured in
in a seat and using a seat belt
Push and hold the corresponding switch located properly. the latched position and the rear
on the lower side of the instrument panel *B or
. Do not fold down the rear seats
center seat belt connector is com-
the right or left side in the cargo area *
A . pletely secured.
when occupants are in the rear seat
A beep sounds once and the seatback will be area or any luggage is on the rear . If the rear center seat belt connector
returned automatically. seats. and the seatbacks are not secured
in the correct position, serious per-
A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully . When folding or returning the seat- sonal injury may result in an acci-
returned to the seating position. backs to the upright position, to dent or sudden stop.
avoid injury to yourself and others:
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle WARNING
when the seatback is reclined. This
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt Head restraints should be adjusted
will not be against your body. In an properly as they may provide significant
accident, you could be thrown into it protection against injury in an accident.
and receive neck or other serious Do not remove them. Check the adjust-
injuries. You could also slide under ment after someone else uses the seat.
the lap belt and receive serious
internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection
SSS0227A when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
Reclining well back in the seat with both feet
Pull the reclining strap * A and position the on the floor and adjust the seat belt
seatback at the desired angle. Release the properly. See PRECAUTIONS ON
reclining strap after positioning the seat at the SEAT BELT USAGE later in this
desired angle. section.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the . After adjustment, check to be sure
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help the seat is securely locked.
obtain proper seat belt fit. (See PRECAU-
TIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this
section.) The seatback may also be reclined to
allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is
parked.
Adjustment Adjust the head restraint so the center is level FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-
To raise the head restraint, pull it up. with the center of your ears. STRAINTS
To lower, push and hold the lock knob *
1 and
push the head restraint down. WARNING
. Always adjust the head restraints
properly as specified in the previous
section. Failure to do so can reduce
the effectiveness of the Active Head
Restraint.
. Active Head Restraints are designed
to supplement other safety systems.
Always wear seat belts. No system
can prevent all injuries in any acci-
dent.
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
SEAT BELTS
SSS0136 SSS0016
SSS0134 SSS0014
CHILD SAFETY fit them properly. The shoulder belt may that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
come too close to the face or neck. The Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Children need adults to help protect them.
lap belt may not fit over their small hip Standards. You should choose a child restraint
They need to be properly restrained.
that fits your vehicle and always follow the
bones. In an accident, an improperly
In addition to the general information in this manufacturers instructions for installation and
fitting seat belt could cause serious or
manual, child safety information is available from use.
fatal injury. Always use appropriate
many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
government traffic safety offices, and community child restraints. Small children
organizations. Every child is different, so be sure Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or least 20 lb (9 kg) can be placed in a forward
to learn the best way to transport your child.
territories require the use of approved child facing child restraint. Refer to the manufacturers
There are three basic types of child restraint restraints for infants and small children. (See instructions for minimum and maximum weight
systems: CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section.) and height recommendations. NISSAN recom-
. Rear facing child restraint Also, there are other types of child restraints mends that small children be placed in child
available for larger children for additional pro- restraints that comply with Federal Motor
. Front facing child restraint tection. Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a
. Booster seat NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens child restraint that fits your vehicle and always
The proper restraint depends on the childs size. and children be restrained in the rear seat. follow the manufacturers instructions for instal-
Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and less According to accident statistics, children lation and use.
than 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear are safer when properly restrained in the
facing child restraints. Front facing child re- rear seat than in the front seat. Larger children
straints are available for children who outgrow This is especially important because your Children who are too large for child restraints
rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- should be seated and restrained by the seat
old. Booster seats are used to help position a tem (air bag system) for the front passen- belts which are provided. The seat belt may not
vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no ger. (See SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5
longer use a front facing child restraint. SYSTEM later in this section.) cm) tall and weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and
80 lb (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to
Infants obtain proper seat belt fit.
WARNING
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a
Infants and children need special pro- in a rear facing child restraint. NISSAN recom- commercially available booster seat if the
tection. The vehicles seat belts may not mends that infants be placed in child restraints shoulder belt in the childs seating position fits
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for properly.
the seat belt goes across the abdomen. The specific recommendations.
booster seat should raise the child so that the
shoulder belt is properly positioned across the INJURED PERSONS
top, middle portion of the shoulder and the lap NISSAN recommends that injured persons use
belt is low on the hips. A booster seat can only seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with
be used in seating positions that have a three- your doctor for specific recommendations.
point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit
the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. Once the child has grown so the WARNING
shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face
and neck, use the shoulder belt without the . Every person who drives or rides in
booster seat. this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.
WARNING . Do not ride in a moving vehicle
when the seatback is reclined. This
Never let a child stand or kneel on any can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
seat and do not allow a child in the will not be against your body. In an
cargo areas while the vehicle is moving. accident, you could be thrown into it
The child could be seriously injured or and receive neck or other serious
killed in an accident or sudden stop. injuries. You could also slide under
the lap belt and receive serious
PREGNANT WOMEN internal injuries.
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use . For the most effective protection
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, when the vehicle is in motion, the
and always position the lap belt as low as seat should be upright. Always sit
possible around the hips, not the waist. Place well back in the seat with both feet
the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across
on the floor and adjust the seat belt
your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over
1-14 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0292 SSS0290
Fastening the seat belts 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
1. Adjust the seat. (See SEATS earlier in this on the hips as shown.
section.) 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
and insert the tongue into the buckle until shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
you hear and feel the latch engage. and across your chest.
. The retractor is designed to lock The front passenger seat and the rear seating
during a sudden stop or on impact. positions three-point seat belts have two modes
A slow pulling motion permits the of operation:
belt to move and allows you some . Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
freedom of movement in the seat.
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position, The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
firmly pull the belt and release it. allows the seat belt to extend and retract to
allow the driver and passengers some freedom restrict further belt movement.
of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat
belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or If the retractor does not lock during this check or
during certain impacts. if you have any question about seat belt
operation, see a NISSAN dealer.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in
this section. SSS0326
The ALR mode should be used only for Unfastening the seat belts
child restraint installation. During normal To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
seat belt use by a passenger, the ALR buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.
mode should not be activated. If it is
activated it may cause uncomfortable seat Checking seat belt operation
belt tension. Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
belt movement by two separate methods:
WARNING . When the belt is pulled quickly from the
When fastening the seat belts, be retractor.
certain that seatbacks are completely . When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
secured in the latched position. If they
are not completely secured, passengers To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
may be injured in an accident or sudden check the operation as follows:
stop. . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and
1-16 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
. After adjustment, release the ad-
justment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
SSS0351A the chance or severity of injury in an SSS0845
accident.
Shoulder belt height adjustment Seat belt hooks
The shoulder belt anchor height should be When the rear seat belts are not in use and
adjusted to the position best for you. (See when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.
earlier in this section.)
To adjust, pull the adjustment button * 1 , and
then move the shoulder belt anchor to the
desired position * 2 , so that the belt passes
over the center of the shoulder. The belt should
be away from your face and neck, but not falling
off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment
button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into
position.
Rear center seat belt The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are
The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue WARNING identified by the CENTER mark. The center seat
* 1 and a seat belt tongue * 2 . Both the
. Always fasten the connector tongue
belt tongue can be fastened only into the center
seat belt buckle.
connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must
be securely latched for proper seat belt opera- and the seat belt in the order shown.
tion. . Always make sure both the connec-
tor tongue and the seat belt tongue
are secured when using the seat
belt or installing a child restraint. Do
not use the seat belt or child
restraint with only the seat belt
tongue attached. This could result
in serious personal injury in case of
an accident or a sudden stop.
Stowing rear center seat belt: in the correct position, serious per-
When folding down the rear seat, the rear center sonal injury may result in an acci-
seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position dent or sudden stop.
as follows:
1. Hold the connector tongue * 1 so that the
seat belt does not retract suddenly when the
tongue is released from the connector
buckle. Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool such as key *
A into
the connector buckle.
2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor
base first *2 .
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
. When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is com-
pletely secured.
. If the rear center seat belt connector
SSS0225
and the seatbacks are not secured
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
Attaching rear center seat belt: belt connector, be certain that the
Always be sure the rear center seat belt seatbacks are completely secured in
connector tongue and connector buckle are the latched position and the rear
attached. Disconnect only when folding down center seat belt connector is com-
the rear seat. pletely secured.
To connect the buckle: . If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the in the correct position, serious per-
retractor base *
1 .
sonal injury may result in an acci-
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the dent or sudden stop.
retractor base *
2 .
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
SSS0232 . When attaching the rear center seat
CHILD RESTRAINTS
positions only. Do not attempt to install a child LATCH lower anchor point locations
restraint in the center position using the LATCH The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of
anchors. the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
attached to the seatback to help you locate the
LATCH anchors.
WARNING
. Attach LATCH compatible child re-
straints only at the locations shown
in the illustration. If a child restraint
is not secured properly, your child
could be seriously injured or killed
SSS0419B in an accident.
LATCH system anchor location
. Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using
the LATCH anchors. The child re-
straint will not be secured properly.
. Child restraint anchor points are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum-
stance are they to be used for adult
seat belts or harnesses.
SSS0637
LATCH system lower anchor
WARNING
. Child restraint anchor points are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used for adult
seat belts or harnesses.
. Your child could be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint top tether strap is da-
maged.
SSS0643 SSS0644 If the cargo cover contacts the
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid-mounted attachment top tether strap when it is at-
Installing child restraint LATCH anchor LATCH child restraints generally require the use tached to the top tether anchor,
attachments of a top tether strap. (See TOP TETHER
remove the cargo cover from the
STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT later in this section
LATCH compatible child restraints include two for installation instructions.) vehicle or secure it on the cargo
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can floor below its attachment loca-
be connected to two anchors located at certain When installing a child restraint, carefully read tion. If the cargo cover is not
seating positions in your vehicle. With this and follow the instructions in this manual and removed, it may damage the top
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat those supplied with the child restraint. (See tether strap during a collision.
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
child restraint for a label stating that it is LATCH later in this section.) Do not allow cargo to contact
compatible with LATCH system. This information the top tether strap when it is
may also be in the instructions provided by the TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE- attached to the top tether an-
child restraint manufacturer. STRAINT chor. Properly secure the cargo
If the manufacturer of your child restraint so it does not contact the top
requires the use of a top tether strap, it must tether strap. Cargo that is not
be secured to an anchor point. properly secured or that con-
tacts the top tether strap may 4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
damage the top tether strap manufacturers instructions to remove any
during a collision. slack.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap child restraint on the rear
seat, consult your NISSAN dealer for de-
tails.
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION
USING LATCH
WARNING
SSS0822 . Attach LATCH compatible child re-
straints only at the locations shown.
Top tether anchor point locations For the LATCH lower anchor loca-
Anchor points are located on the seatbacks. tions, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM
Installing top tether strap (LATCH) earlier in this section. If a
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH child restraint is not secured prop-
system (rear outboard seating positions only) or erly, your child could be seriously
the seat belt as applicable.
injured or killed in an accident.
1. Remove the head restraint from the seat- . The LATCH anchors are designed to
back. Store it in a secure place. withstand only those loads imposed
2. Position the top tether strap over the top of by correctly fitted child restraints.
the seatback. Under no circumstance are they to
be used for adult seat belts or
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
harnesses.
bracket that provides the straightest instal-
lation. . Inspect the lower anchors by insert-
Front-facing
Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
restraint using LATCH:
1. Adjust the rear seatback to the upright SSS0645 SSS0646
position. Front facing (webbing-mounted) step 3 Front facing (rigid-mounted) step 3
2. Position the child restraint on the seat. 3. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- 4. The back of the child restraint should be
Always follow the child restraint manufac- ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check secured against the vehicle seatback. If
turers instructions. to make sure the LATCH attachment is necessary, adjust or remove the head
properly attached to the lower anchors. restraint to obtain the correct child restraint
fit. (See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this
section.)
If the head restraint is removed, store it in a
secure place. Be sure to install the head
restraint when the child restraint is removed.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint and it is interfering
with the proper child restraint fit, try another
seating position or a different child restraint.
SSS0647 SSS0638
Front facing step 5 Front facing step 7
5. For child restraints that are equipped with 7. Before placing the child in the child restraint,
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any hold child restraint near the LATCH attach-
additional slack from the anchor attach- ment and use force to push the child
ments. Press downward and rearward firmly restraint from side to side, and tug it forward
in the center of the child restraint with your to make sure that it is securely held in place.
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion It should not move more than 1 in (25 mm). If
and seatback while tightening the webbing it does move more than 1 in (25 mm), pull
of the anchor attachments. again on the anchor attachments to further
tighten the child restraint. If you are unable
6. If the child restraint is equipped with a top to properly secure the restraint, move the
tether strap, route the top tether strap and restraint to another seating position and try
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor again, or try a different child restraint. Not all
point. (See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
RESTRAINT earlier in this section.)
SSS0650 SSS0100
Rear facing step 4
4. Before placing the child in the child restraint, CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION
hold the child restraint near the LATCH USING THE SEAT BELTS
attachment and use force to push the child
restraint from side to side, and tug it forward
to make sure that it is securely held in place. WARNING
It should not move more than 1 in (25 mm). If
it does move more than 1 in (25 mm), pull . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
again on the anchor attachments to further Bag System, never install a rear-
tighten the child restraint. If you are unable facing child restraint in the front
to properly secure the restraint, move the passenger seat. Front air bags in-
restraint to another seating position and try flate with great force. A rear-facing
again, or try a different child restraint. Not all child restraint could be struck by the
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. front air bag in a crash and could
seriously injure or kill your child.
. NISSAN recommends that child re-
straints be installed in the rear seat.
1-30 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
However, if you must install a for- . A child restraint with a top tether
ward facing child restraint in the strap should not be used in the front
front passenger seat, move the passenger seat.
passenger seat to the rearmost
position. Also, be sure the front The instructions in this section apply to child
passenger air bag status light is restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts
illuminated to indicate the passen- in the rear seat or the front passenger seat.
ger air bag is OFF. See Front
passenger air bag and status light
later in this section for details.
. The three-point seat belt in your
vehicle is equipped with an Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
SSS0640
which must be used when installing Front facing (front passenger seat) step 1
a child restraint. Front-facing
. Failure to use the ALR mode will Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
result in the child restraint not being restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear
properly secured. The restraint seat or in the front passenger seat:
could tip over or otherwise be un-
1. Adjust the rear seatback to the upright
secured and cause injury to the child
position.
in a sudden stop or collision.
. When using the rear center seat belt If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in a
to install a child restraint, make sure
front-facing direction only. Move the
the connector tongue and the seat seat to the rearmost position. Child
belt tongue are secured. Do not use restraints for infants must be used in
the seat belt with only the seat belt the rear-facing direction and therefore
tongue attached. This could result in must not be used in the front seat.
serious personal injury in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
SSS0823 SSS0100
Front facing step 11
11. If the child restraint is installed in the front Rear-facing
passenger seat, turn the ignition switch to Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
the ON position. The front passenger air bag restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear
status light should illuminate. If this seat:
light is not illuminated, see Front passenger
air bag and status light later in this section. 1. Child restraints for infants must be
Move the child restraint to another used in the rear-facing direction and
seating position. Have the system therefore must not be used in the front
checked by a NISSAN dealer. seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the restraint manufacturers
After the child restraint is removed and the seat instructions.
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled.
SSS0657 SSS0658
Rear facing step 5 Rear facing step 6
5. Remove any additional slack from the child 6. Before placing the child in the child restraint,
restraint; press downward and rearward hold the child restraint near the seat belt
firmly in the center of the child restraint with path and use force to push the child restraint
your hand to compress the vehicle seat from side to side, and tug it forward to make
cushion and seatback while pulling up on sure that it is securely held in place. It should
the seat belt. not move more than 1 in (25 mm). If it does
move more than 1 in (25 mm), pull again on
the shoulder belt to further tighten the child
restraint. If you are unable to properly secure
the restraint, move the restraint to another
rear seating position and try again, or try a
different child restraint. Not all child re-
straints fit in all types of vehicles.
BOOSTER SEATS
between the adult and parts of the during normal driving or a collision
vehicle. Also, do not put the same and result in serious injury or death.
seat belt around both your child and Booster seats are designed to be
yourself. used with a lap/shoulder belt. Boos-
. NISSAN recommends that the boos- ter seats are designed to properly
ter seat be installed in the rear seat. route the lap and shoulder portions
According to accident statistics, of the seat belt over the strongest
children are safer when properly portions of a childs body to provide
restrained in the rear seat than in the maximum protection during a
the front seat. If you must install a collision.
booster seat in the front seat, see . Follow all of the booster seat man-
BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ufacturers instructions for installa-
later in this section. tion and use. When purchasing a
SSS0099
. A booster seat must only be in- booster seat, be sure to select one
PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS stalled in a seating position that has which will fit your child and vehicle.
a lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use a It may not be possible to properly
three-point type seat belt with a install some types of booster seats
WARNING booster seat can result in a serious in your vehicle.
. Infants and small children should injury in sudden stop or collision. . If the booster seat and seat belt is
always be placed in an appropriate . Improper use or improper installa- not used properly, the risk of a child
child restraint while riding in the tion of a booster seat can increase being injured in a collision or a
vehicle. Failure to use a child re- the risk or severity of injury for both sudden stop greatly increases.
straint or booster seat can result in the child and other occupants of the . Adjustable seatbacks should be
serious injury or death. vehicle and can lead to serious positioned to fit the booster seat,
. Infants and small children should injury or death in an accident. but as upright as possible.
never be carried on your lap. It is not . Do not use towels, books, pillows or . After placing the child in the booster
possible for even the strongest other items in place of a booster seat and fastening the seat belt,
adult to resist the forces of a severe seat. Items such as these may move make sure the shoulder portion of
accident. The child could be crushed
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by . Make sure the childs head will be properly
CAUTION several manufacturers. When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle
booster seat, keep the following points in mind: seat. The seatback must be at or above the
Remember that a booster seat left in a center of the childs ears. For example, if a
. Choose only a booster seat with a label low back booster seat * 1 is chosen, the
closed vehicle can become very hot.
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor vehicle seatback must be at or above the
Check the seating surface and buckles Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
before placing your child in the booster center of the childs ears. If the seatback is
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. lower than the center of the childs ears, a
seat.
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be high back booster seat * 2 should be used.
sure it is compatible with the vehicles seat
and seat belt system.
WARNING
NISSAN recommends that booster
seats be installed in the rear seat.
However, if you must install a booster
seat in the front passenger seat, move
the passengers seat to the rearmost
position.
CAUTION
LRS0464 SSS0640
Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto- Front passenger seat
. If the booster seat is compatible with your matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode 1. Adjust the rear seatback to the upright
vehicle, place your child in the booster seat when using a booster seat with the position.
and check the various adjustments to be seat belts.
sure the booster seat is compatible with If you must install a booster seat in the
your child. Always follow all recommended Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rear-
procedures. rear seat or in the front passenger seat: most position.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
territories require that infants and small place it in a front facing direction. Always
children be restrained in an approved child follow the booster seat manufacturers
restraint at all times while the vehicle is instructions.
being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to booster
seat installation in the rear seats or the front
passenger seat.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
WARNING
. The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower se-
verity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag
status light is lit or if the front
SSS0131 passenger seat is unoccupied. See
Front passenger air bag and status
light later in this section.
. The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the NISSAN Ad-
vanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of position in
any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may
also receive serious or fatal injuries
SSS0132
from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit
1-42 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
back against the seatback and as crease the risk that they are injured
far-away as practical from the steer- if the front air bag inflates.
ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-
ways use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with
sensors that detect if the seat belts
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags. Failure to
properly wear seat belts can in-
crease the risk or severity of injury
SSS0007
in an accident.
. T he f r o n t pa s s e ng e r s e at i s
equipped with an occupant classifi-
cation sensor (pattern sensor) that
turns the front passenger air bag
OFF under some conditions. This
sensor is only used in this seat.
Failure to be properly seated and
wearing the seat belt can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
accident. See Front passenger air
bag and status light later in this
section.
. Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside SSS0006
the steering wheel rim could in-
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain and rollover air
bags inflate if they are not properly
SSS0008 SSS0099 restrained. Pre-teens and children
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in
this section for details.
SSS0009 SSS0100
WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
plemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact and rollover supple-
mental air bags:
. The side air bags and curtain and
rollover air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a frontal
impact, rear impact or lower severity
side collision. Always wear your
seat belts to help reduce the risk
SSS0188A SSS0162 or severity of injury in various kinds
of accidents.
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
. The seat belts, the side air bags and side air bag inflation.
curtain and rollover air bags are
most effective when you are sitting
well back and upright in the seat
with both feet on the floor. The side
air bag and curtain and rollover air
bag inflate with great force. Do not
allow anyone to place their hand,
leg or face near the side air bag on
the side of the seatback of the front
seat or near the side roof rails. Do
not allow anyone sitting in the front
seats or rear outboard seats to
extend their hand out of the window
or lean against the door. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the previous
illustrations.
. When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be espe-
cially careful with children, who
should always be properly re-
strained. Some examples of danger-
ous riding positions are shown in
the illustrations.
. Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with
1-46 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Based on information from the sensors, only one save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on an inflating front air bag may cause facial
the crash severity and whether the front abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, not provide restraint to the lower body.
the front passenger air bag may be automatically
turned OFF under some conditions, depending Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
on the information provided by the occupant belts should be correctly worn and the driver
classification sensor. If the front passenger air and passenger seated upright as far as practical
bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light away from the steering wheel or instrument
will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will to help protect the front occupants. Because of
be off). (See Front passenger air bag and this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
status light later in this section for further increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
details.) One front air bag inflating does not close to, or is against, the air bag module during
indicate improper performance of the system. inflation.
SSS0823
If you have any questions about your air bag The front air bags will deflate quickly after a Front passenger air bag status light
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If collision. Front passenger air bag and status light
you are considering modification of your vehicle The front air bags operate only when the
due to a disability, you may also contact ignition switch is in the ON position. WARNING
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
the front of this Owners Manual. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON The front passenger air bag is designed
position, the supplemental air bag warning to automatically turn OFF under some
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise light illuminates. The supplemental air bag conditions. Read this section carefully
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. warning light will turn off after about 7 to learn how it operates. Proper use of
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate seconds if the system is operational. the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a necessary for most effective protection.
history of a breathing condition should get fresh Failure to follow all instructions in this
air promptly. manual concerning the use of seats,
seat belts and child restraints can
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, increase the risk or severity of injury in
help to cushion the impact force on the head
an accident.
and chest of the front occupants. They can help
1-48 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Status light: to certain front passenger seat occupants, such installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the
as children, by requiring the air bag to be occupant classification sensor is designed to
The front passenger air bag status light automatically turned OFF. operate as described above to turn the front
is located on the instrument panel below the air passenger air bag OFF for specified child
conditioner controls. The light operates as The occupant classification sensor (pattern restraints. Failing to properly secure child
follows: sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion restrains and to use the Automatic Locking
and is designed to detect an occupant and Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in
light is OFF and the front passenger air bag may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. System is designed to turn the passenger air the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
. Passengers seat occupied by a small adult, bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. of being OFF. (See CHILD RESTRAINTS
child or child restraint as outlined in this Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in earlier in this section for proper use and
section: The light illuminates to the regulations is on the seat, the occupant installation.)
indicate that the front passenger air bag is classification sensor can detect it and cause the
OFF and will not inflate in a crash. air bag to turn OFF. If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
. Occupied passenger seat and the passen- Front passenger seat adult occupants who are crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
ger meets the conditions outlined in this properly seated and using the seat belt as seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
section: The light is OFF to indicate outlined in this manual should not cause the the object being detected by the occupant
that the front passenger air bag is opera- passenger air bag to be automatically turned classification sensor. Other conditions could
tional. OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
Front passenger air bag: properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise Always be sure that you and all vehicle
The front passenger air bag is designed to
being out of position), this could cause the occupants are seated and restrained properly.
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
operated under some conditions as described
to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly Using the passenger air bag status light, you can
below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the
for the most effective protection by the seat belt monitor when the front passenger air bag is
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate
and supplemental air bag. automatically turned OFF with the seat occu-
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
pied. The light will not illuminate when the front
in your vehicle are not part of this system. NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- passenger seat is unoccupied.
dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce
NISSAN also recommends that appropriate If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag
child restraints and booster seats be properly passenger air bag status light is illuminated
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air (hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting bag system, the supplemental air bag warning This can damage the seat or occu-
on the seat properly. light , located in the meter and gauges area, pant classification sensor. This can
will blink. Have the system checked by a
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, also affect the operation of the air
NISSAN dealer.
the passenger air bag status light may or may bag system and result in serious
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the Other supplemental front-impact air bag personal injury.
child and the type of child restraint being used. If precautions . Immediately after inflation, several
the air bag status light is not illuminated
front air bag system components
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat WARNING will be hot. Do not touch them; you
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that may severely burn yourself.
. Do not place any objects on the
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat . No unauthorized changes should be
belt is used properly and the occupant is steering wheel pad or on the instru-
made to any components or wiring
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is ment panel. Also, do not place any
of the supplemental air bag system.
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child objects between any occupant and
This is to prevent accidental infla-
restraint in a rear seat. the steering wheel or instrument
tion of the supplemental air bag or
panel. Such objects may become
If the passenger air bag status light will not damage to the supplemental air bag
dangerous projectiles and cause
illuminate even though you believe that the child system.
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are injury if the front air bag inflates.
. Do not make unauthorized changes
properly positioned, the system may be sensing . Do not place objects with sharp
to your vehicles electrical system,
an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is edges on the seat. Also, do not
OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the suspension system or front end
place heavy objects on the seat that
system is OFF by using a special tool. However, structure. This could affect proper
will leave permanent impressions in
until you have confirmed with your dealer that operation of the front air bag sys-
the seat. Such objects can damage
your air bag is working properly, reposition the tem.
the seat or occupant classification
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. . Tampering with the supplemental
sensor (pattern sensor). This can
The air bag system and passenger air bag status affect the operation of the air bag air bag system may result in serious
light will take a few seconds to register a change system and result in serious perso- personal injury. Tampering includes
in the passenger seat status. However, if the nal injury. changes to the steering wheel and
seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status the instrument panel assembly by
light will remain off. . Do not use water or acidic cleaners
1-50 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
side collisions, although they may inflate if the driver and passenger seated upright as far as objects may become dangerous
forces in another type of collision are similar to practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat projectiles and cause injury if a side
those of a higher severity side impact. They are passengers should be seated as far away as air bag inflates.
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle practical from the door finishers and side roof
is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover . Right after inflation, several side air
collisions. Curtain and rollover air bags are also air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect bag and curtain and rollover air bag
designed to inflate in certain types of rollover the occupants in the outboard seating positions. system components will be hot. Do
collisions or near rollovers. Because of this, the force of the side air bags not touch them; you may severely
and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can burn yourself.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
indication of proper side air bag and curtain and . No unauthorized changes should be
close to, or is against, these air bag modules
rollover air bag operation. during inflation. The side air bags and curtain made to any components or wiring
and rollover air bags will deflate quickly after the of this side air bag and curtain and
When the side air bags and curtain and rollover
air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, collision is over. rollover air bag systems. This is to
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not prevent accidental inflation of the
The side air bags and curtain and rollover side air bags and curtain and roll-
harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should air bags operate only when the ignition
be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation over air bags or damage to the side-
switch is in the ON position.
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing impact air bag and curtain side-
condition should get fresh air promptly. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON impact and rollover air bag systems.
position, the supplemental air bag warning . Do not make unauthorized changes
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
help to cushion the impact force on the chest to your vehicles electrical system,
warning light will turn off after about 7
and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain seconds if the systems are operational. suspension system or side panel.
and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact This could affect proper operation
force to the head of occupants in the front and of the side air bag and curtain and
rear outboard seating positions. They can help WARNING rollover air bag systems.
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags . Do not place any objects near the . Tampering with the supplemental
may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air seatback of the front seats. Also, do air bag system may result in serious
bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not not place any objects (an umbrella, personal injury. For example, do not
provide restraint to the lower body. bag, etc.) between the front door change the front seats by placing
finisher and the front seat. Such material near the seatbacks or by
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
1-52 Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
installing additional trim material, SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not be
such as seat covers, around the side (front seats) used on the pretensioner system.
air bag. . If you need to dispose of a preten-
. Work around and on the side air bag WARNING sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a
and curtain and rollover air bag NISSAN dealer. Correct preten-
systems should be done by a . The pretensioners cannot be reused sioner disposal procedures are set
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- after activation. They must be re- forth in the appropriate NISSAN
trical equipment should also be placed together with the retractor Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS and buckle as a unit. procedures could cause personal
wiring harnesses* should not be . If the vehicle becomes involved in a injury.
modified or disconnected. Un- frontal collision but a pretensioner
authorized electrical test equipment is not activated, be sure to have the The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-
and probing devices should not be pretensioner system checked and, if tion with the front air bag system. The preten-
used on the side air bag and curtain necessary, replaced by a NISSAN sioner system also activates with the curtain and
dealer. rollover air bags in certain types of rollover
and rollover air bag systems.
collisions or near rollovers. Working with the
* The SRS wiring harnesses connec- . No unauthorized changes should be seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt
tors are yellow and orange for easy made to any components or wiring when the vehicle becomes involved in certain
identification. of the pretensioner system. This is types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat
to prevent damage to or accidental occupants.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you activation of the pretensioners.
inform the buyer about the side air bag and The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
Tampering with the pretensioner retractor. These seat belts are used the same
curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide system may result in serious perso-
the buyer to the appropriate sections in this way as conventional seat belts.
nal injury.
Owners Manual. When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-
. Work around and on the preten- leased and a loud noise may be heard. The
sioner system should be done by a smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
trical equipment should also be may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
done by a NISSAN dealer. Un- history of a breathing condition should get fresh
authorized electrical test equipment air promptly.
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. CEDURE bag modules and pretensioner sys-
This means the system is operational. tem cannot be repaired.
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and
If any of the following conditions occur, the front rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed . The front air bag, side air bag and
air bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bag to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a curtain and rollover air bag systems,
and pretensioner systems need servicing: reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen- and pretensioner system should be
tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated
. The supplemental air bag warning light after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-
inspected by a NISSAN dealer if
remains on after approximately 7 seconds. ment of these systems should be done only by a there is any damage to the front
NISSAN dealer. end or side portion of the vehicle.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently. . If you need to dispose of a supple-
When maintenance work is required on the
mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
. The supplemental air bag warning light does vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain
and rollover air bags and pretensioners and tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact a
not come on at all. NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-
related parts should be pointed out to the
Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air person performing the maintenance. The ignition tal air bag and pretensioner system
bag, curtain and rollover air bag and preten- switch should always be in the LOCK position disposal procedures are set forth in
sioner systems may not operate properly. It must when working under the hood or inside the the appropriate NISSAN Service
be checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to vehicle. Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-
the nearest NISSAN dealer. dures could cause personal injury.
WARNING
WARNING
. Once a front air bag, side air bag or
If the supplemental air bag warning curtain and rollover air bag has
light is on, it could mean that the front inflated, the air bag module will
air bag, side air bag, curtain and roll- not function again and must be
over air bag and/or pretensioner sys- replaced. Additionally, if any of the
tems will not operate in an accident. To front air bags inflate, the activated
help avoid injury to yourself or others, pretensioners must also be re-
have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN placed. The air bag module and
dealer as soon as possible. pretensioner system should be re-
Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
INSTRUMENT PANEL
8. Steering wheel
Horn
Driver supplemental air bag
Power steering system
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
Cruise control switches
10. Wiper and washer switch
11. Push-button ignition switch
12. Center ventilator
13. Center display/Center color display*/Navigation
system**
14. Heater/air conditioner or
Center multi-function control panel*
Navigation system**
Vehicle information and setting buttons
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System
Audio system
15. Hazard warning flasher switch
16. Front passenger supplemental air bag
17. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
18. Power lift gate main switch
19. Power seatback switch
20. Fuse box cover
SSI0376 21. Parking brake
22. Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch
1. Headlight aiming control* 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* 23. Key port
2. Side ventilator Audio control* 24. Audio system
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control* Clock
3. Power lift gate switch*
7. Meters and gauges 25. Heated seat switch*
4. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch
5. Fuel-filler door opener switch 26. Selector lever
27. Front passenger air bag status light
28. Power outlet
2-2 Instruments and controls
SSI0377
SIC3571 SIC3572
Speedometer Odometer/twin trip odometer
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Odometer/twin trip odometer
The odometer * 1 and twin trip odometer * 2
Speedometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in ON position.
miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour
(km/h). The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of
individual trips.
Changing the display:
Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *
3 on the
right side of the combination meter panel
changes the display as follows:
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Instruments and controls 2-5
CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the
normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease temperature. If gauge is over
the normal range, stop the vehicle as
soon as safely possible. If the engine is
overheated, continued operation of the
vehicle may seriously damage the en-
gine. See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-
HEATS in the 6. In case of emergency
section for immediate action required.
SIC3573 SIC3574
CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light
(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon
as possible. After a few driving trips,
the light should turn off. If the
light remains on after a few driving
SIC3575 trips, have the vehicle inspected by SIC3181
a NISSAN dealer. When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
FUEL GAUGE
. For additional information, see position, the compass display * B will indicate
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) the direction of the vehicles heading.
in the tank.
later in this section.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the
ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers E (Empty).
The low fuel warning appears on the dot
matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank is
getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
preferably before the gauge reaches E. There
SIC0611B
Zone map
ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE- pass point when the vehicle moves to an
DURE area where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)
The difference between magnetic north and
geographical north is known as variance. In CAUTION
some areas, this difference can sometimes be
great enough to cause false compass readings. . Do not install a ski rack, antenna,
Follow these instructions to set the variance for etc., which are attached to the
your particular location if this happens: vehicle by means of a magnet. They
affect the operation of the compass.
1. Push the switch for more than 3
seconds. The current zone number will . When cleaning the mirror, use a
appear in the display. paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
2. Find your current location and variance not spray glass cleaner directly on
number on the zone map.
the mirror as it may cause the liquid
NOTE: cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.
3. Push the switch repeatedly until the
new zone number appears in the display,
then release the switch. After you release
the switch, the display will show a compass
direction within a few seconds.
. If the compass deviates from the correct
indication soon after repeated adjust-
ment, have the compass checked at a
NISSAN dealer.
. The compass may not indicate the
correct compass point in tunnels or
while driving up or down a steep hill.
(The compass returns to the correct com-
Instruments and controls 2-9
Intelligent Key warning light* Front passenger air bag status light* *: if so equipped
blink. (See ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) in the not worn. Parking brake indicator:
5. Starting and driving section.) . If the warning light is still on after When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the above operations, have your the light comes on when the parking brake is
CAUTION vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer applied.
as soon as possible.
. If the warning light comes on while Low brake fluid warning light:
driving there may be a malfunction
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
in the AWD system. Reduce the or Anti-lock Braking System the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
vehicle speed and have your vehicle (ABS) warning light light comes on while the engine is running with
checked by a NISSAN dealer as the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
soon as possible. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, and perform the following:
. If the AWD warning light blinks the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid
when you are driving: as necessary. (See BRAKE FLUID in the
the ABS is operational.
blinks rapidly (about twice a 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself sec-
second): If the ABS warning light illuminates while the tion.)
engine is running, or while driving, it may
Pull off the road in a safe area, indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
and idle the engine. The driving Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. warning system checked by a NISSAN
mode will change to 2WD to dealer.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
prevent the AWD system from Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
function is turned off. The brake system then
malfunctioning. If the warning indicator:
operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-
light turns off, you can drive tance. (See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5.
again. When the parking brake is released and the
Starting and driving section.) brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
blinks slowly (about once every warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
2 seconds): or Brake warning light (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
Pull off the road in a safe area, the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
This light functions for both the parking brake brake system checked, and if necessary re-
and idle the engine. Check that
and the foot brake systems. paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. Avoid
all tire sizes are the same, tire
high-speed driving and abrupt braking. (See
pressure is correct and tires are
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
Instruments and controls 2-11
SIC3577
INDICATORS FOR OPERATION pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal If this indicator appears, push the push-button
depressed. ignition switch while lightly turning the steering
1. Engine start operation indicator wheel right and left.
This indicator appears when the selector lever is 2. Steering lock release malfunction
in the P (Park) position. indicator 3. Key insertion indicator
This indicator appears when the steering wheel This indicator appears when the key needs to be
This indicator means that the engine will start by cannot be released from the LOCK position. inserted into the key port.
2-18 Instruments and controls
If this indicator appears, insert the key into the Unregistered key: SHIFT P warning ? (Move the selector
key port in the correct direction. (See PUSH- lever to P) ? PUSH warning ? (Push
BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5. Start- The warning appears when the ignition switch is the ignition switch ? ignition switch position
ing and driving section.) pushed from the LOCK position and the key is turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ?
cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot (Push the ignition switch ? ignition switch
4. Key removal indicator start the engine with an unregistered key. Use position is turned to OFF)
This indicator appears when the drivers door is the registered key.
opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3.
8. Key battery discharge indicator
LOCK position and the key placed in the key Pre-driving checks and adjustments section for This indicator appears when the key battery is
port. A key reminder chime also sounds. more details. running out of power.
If this indicator appears, remove the key from the 6. SHIFT P warning If this indicator appears, replace the battery with
key port and take it with you when leaving the a new one. (See BATTERY REPLACEMENT in
vehicle. This warning appears when the ignition switch is the 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself section.)
pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever
5. NO KEY warning in any position except the P (Park) position. 9. Parking brake release warning
This warning appears in either of the following If this warning appears, move the selector lever This warning appears when the vehicle speed is
conditions. to the P (Park) position or push the ignition above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is
switch to the ON position. applied.
No key inside the vehicle:
With Intelligent Key system: An inside warning chime will also sound. (See 10. Low fuel warning
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3. Pre- This warning appears when the fuel level in the
The warning appears when the door is closed driving checks and adjustments section.) tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
with the key left outside the vehicle and the convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Make 7. PUSH warning reaches the empty (E) position.
sure that the key is inside the vehicle. This warning appears when the selector lever is
moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition There is a small reserve of fuel remaining
Without Intelligent Key system: switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
The warning appears when the key is removed warning appears. the empty (E) position.
from the key port and the ignition switch is in the To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,
ACC or ON position. Make sure that the key is perform the following procedure:
inserted into the key port.
SIC3580 SIC3673
SIC3674 SIC3675
Average fuel consumption (MPG or l Elapsed time and trip odometer (mls or
(liter)/100 km) and speed (MPH or km/h) km)
Fuel consumption: Elapsed time:
The average fuel consumption mode shows the The elapsed time mode shows the time since
average fuel consumption since the last reset. the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
Resetting is done by pushing the switch *
B by pushing the switch *B for longer than
for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is 1 second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the
also reset at the same time.) same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At Trip odometer:
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the
display shows . The trip odometer mode shows the total
distance the vehicle has been driven since the
Speed: last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the
switch * B for longer than 1 second. (The
The average speed mode shows the average elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)
2-22 Instruments and controls
SIC3676 SIC3677
Distance to empty (dte mls or km) Outside air temperature (ICY 8F or 8C)
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or
with an estimation of the distance that can be 8C in the range of 22 to 1408F (30 to 608C).
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in The outside air temperature mode includes a low
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. temperature warning feature. If the outside air
temperature is below 378F (38C), the warning is
The display is updated every 30 seconds. displayed on the screen.
The dte mode includes a low range warning The outside temperature sensor is located in
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected
displayed on the screen. by road or engine heat, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may differ
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte from the actual outside temperature or the
display will change to . temperature displayed on various signs or bill-
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the boards.
display just before the ignition switch is
Instruments and controls 2-23
ALERT: . OTHER
Alert menu can be set to notify the following Select this submenu and set or reset the
items. distance for replacing items other than the
engine oil, oil filter and tires.
. TIME TO REST
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
Select this submenu to specify when the select BACK.
TIME TO REST indicator activates.
OPTIONS:
. ICY
The 3 option menus can be set to your
Select this submenu to display the low preference.
outside temperature warning.
. LANGUAGE
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select BACK. Select this submenu to choose English or
SIC3678
French for display.
MAINTENANCE:
Setting . UNIT
Setting cannot be made while driving. A The maintenance intervals of the following items
message Setting can only be operated can be set or reset for the reminders. Select this submenu to choose the unit from
when stopped is also displayed on the dot MPG or l/100 km.
. ENGINE OIL
matrix crystal display. . DIAL EFFECTS
Select this submenu to set or reset the
The switch * A and switch *B are distance for changing the engine oil. Select this menu to set the dial effects
used in the setting mode to select and decide a described below to on or off.
menu. . OIL FILTER
The indicator needles sweep in the
SKIP: Select this submenu to set or reset the meters and the ring illumination will be
distance for replacing the oil filter.
Push the switch *
A to move to the brightened gradually when the engine is
started.
warning check mode. . TIRE
Push the switch *
B to select other menus. Select this submenu to set or reset the To return to the top page of the setting mode,
distance for replacing tires. select BACK.
SECURITY SYSTEMS
SKIP:
Push the switch *
A to move to the
warning check mode.
Push the switch *
B to select other menus.
DETAIL:
This item is available only when a warning is
displayed.
Select this menu to see the details of warnings.
SIC3679 SIC2133
. any request switch (Intelligent Key . The alarm automatically turns off after
equipped model) approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm
reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with
. the power door lock switch again.
2-26 Instruments and controls
The alarm is activated by: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
. Unlocking the door without using the button accept any interference received, including
on the key, the request switch (if so interference that may cause undesired
equipped) or the key. (Even if the door is operation of the device.
opened by releasing the door inside lock
knob, the alarm will activate.) CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-
PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY
. Opening the hood. RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD
How to stop an activated alarm VOID THE USERS AUTHORITY TO OPER-
ATE THE EQUIPMENT.
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushing the unlock button on the key,
pushing the request switch or using the key.
If the system does not operate as de- SIC1699A
scribed above, have it checked by a
NISSAN dealer. Security indicator light
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- The security indicator light *
A indicates the
status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
TEM System.
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
allow the engine to start without the use of the The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
registered key. Never leave these keys in the the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This function
vehicle. indicates the security systems equipped on the
vehicle are operational.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC
rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
System (CONT ASSY - CARD SLOT) malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana- If the light still remains on and/or the
da. Operation is subject to the following engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
two conditions; for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
Instruments and controls 2-27
service as soon as possible. Please bring mix the washer fluid concentrate
all registered keys that you have when WARNING and water.
visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continu-
ously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturers
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to
2-28 Instruments and controls
SIC3664 SIC3665
The windshield wiper and washer operates RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-
when the ignition switch is in the ON position. TEM (if so equipped)
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-
following speed: matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper
*
1 Intermittent intermittent operation can be speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle
adjusted by turning the knob toward * A
speed by using the rain sensor located on the
(Slower) or * B (Faster).
upper part of the windshield.
For models with the rain-sensing auto wiper To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push
system, see RAIN-SENSING AUTO WI- the lever down to the INT (intermittent) position
PER SYSTEM later in this section. *1 . The wiper will sweep once while the ignition
*
2 Low continuous low speed operation switch is in the ON position.
*
3 High continuous high speed operation The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted
by turning the knob toward the front * 2 (High)
Push the lever up * 4 to have one sweep or toward the rear *3 (Low).
operation of the wiper.
Instruments and controls 2-29
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
SIC3666 SIC3584
Type A
The rear window wiper and washer operate
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position
to operate the wiper.
*
1 Intermittent (INT) intermittent operation
(not adjustable)
*
2 Low (ON) continuous low speed opera-
tion
Push the switch forward * 3 to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
SIC3667
Type B
XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped) off the headlights for short intervals
(for example, when the vehicle stops at
a traffic signal). Even when the daytime
WARNING running lights are active (Canada only),
the xenon headlights do not turn on.
HIGH VOLTAGE This way the life of the xenon head-
lights is not reduced.
. When xenon headlights are on, they
produce a high voltage. To prevent . If the xenon headlight bulb is close to
burning out, the brightness will drasti-
an electric shock, never attempt to
cally decrease, the light will start
modify or disassemble. Always have blinking, or the color of the light will
your xenon headlights replaced at a become reddish. If one or more of the
NISSAN dealer. above signs appear, contact a NISSAN
. Xenon headlights provide consider- dealer.
SIC3668
ably more light than conventional See Headlight aiming control later in this
headlights. If they are not correctly section for information about adjusting the light HEADLIGHT SWITCH
aimed, they might temporarily blind axis.
an oncoming driver or the driver Lighting
ahead of you and cause a serious *
1 Turn the switch to the position:
accident. If headlights are not aimed The front park, side marker, tail, license
correctly, immediately take your ve- plate and instrument lights will come on.
hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have
the headlights adjusted correctly.
*
2 Turn the switch to the position:
Headlights will come on and all the other
When the xenon headlight is initially turned on, lights remain on.
its brightness or color varies slightly. However,
the color and brightness will soon stabilize.
. The life of xenon headlights will be
shortened by frequent on-off opera-
tion. It is generally desirable not to turn
2-32 Instruments and controls
set so they turn on and off automatically. Auto Headlights Off Delay in the 4. Monitor, instrument panel. The photo sensor con-
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice trols the autolight; if it is covered, the
To set the autolight system: recognition systems section. photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position *
1 .
CAUTION
. When you turn on the headlight
SIC3670 switch again after the lights auto- SIC2275
matically turn off, the lights will not
Headlight beam select turn off automatically. Be sure to Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)
*
1 To select the low beam, put the lever in the turn the light switch to the OFF Depending on the number of occupants in the
vehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlight
neutral position as shown. position when you leave the vehicle
for extended periods of time, other- axis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle is
*
2 To select the high beam, push the lever wise the battery will be discharged. traveling on a hilly road, the headlights may
forward while the switch is in the directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle
position. Pull it back to select the low beam. . Never leave the light switch on ahead or the windshield of the oncoming
when the engine is not running for vehicle. The light axis can be lowered with the
*
3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the extended periods of time even if the operation of the switch.
headlight high beam even when the head- headlights turn off automatically.
light switch is in the OFF position. The larger the number designated on the switch,
Battery saver system the lower the axis.
A chime will sound when the driver side door is When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat
opened with the light switch in the or road, select position 0.
position and the ignition switch in the ACC,
OFF or LOCK position.
2-34 Instruments and controls
WARNING WARNING
Xenon headlights are extremely bright When the daytime running light system
compared to conventional headlights. If is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
the xenon headlights hit the rearview not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
mirror of the vehicle ahead or the your headlights. Failure to do so could
windshield of oncoming vehicle, the cause an accident injuring yourself and
driver of these vehicles may have others.
difficulty driving because of the bright-
ness. Use the headlight aiming control
switch to lower the light axis. See
XENON HEADLIGHTS earlier in this
section for additional information.
SIC3585
Daytime running light system (Canada Instrument brightness control
only) The instrument brightness control operates
The daytime running lights automatically illumi- when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
nate when the engine is started with the parking
brake released. The daytime running lights Pushing the control switch *A once will change
operate with the headlight switch in the OFF the brightness to the night mode.
position or in the position. Turn the Pushing the control switch *
B once will change
headlight switch to the position for full the brightness to the day mode.
illumination when driving at night.
To adjust the brightness of instrument panel
If the parking brake is applied before the engine lights, push the control switches. Pushing the
is started, the daytime running lights do not upper switch * A will brighten the lights. When
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate the brightness reaches the maximum level, a
once the parking brake is released. The daytime beep will sound. The lower switch * B dims the
running lights will remain on until the ignition lights. Repeatedly pushing the lower switch will
switch is pushed to the OFF position. turn the lights off and a beep will sound.
Instruments and controls 2-35
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
you must stop or park under emergency condi-
*
1 Turn signal To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight tions. All turn signal lights will flash.
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning switch to the position, then turn the switch
direction. When the turn is completed, the turn to the position. To turn them off, turn the
switch to the OFF position. WARNING
signals cancel automatically.
. If stopping for an emergency, be
*
2 Lane change signal
The headlights must be on for the fog lights to
operate. sure to move the vehicle well off the
To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or road.
down to the point where lights begin flashing.
. Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the high-
way unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard
to other traffic.
2-36 Instruments and controls
CLOCK
SIC3650 SIC3649
The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAY
switches located on the center console and rear
doors (if so equipped for rear seats) can be The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays the
operated independently of each other. time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position.
1. Start the engine.
Adjusting the time
2. Select heat range.
1. Push and hold the CLOCK button * 1 for
*
1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side of more than 2 seconds until the display shows
the switch. Hour Adjust.
*
2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of 2. Turn the AUDIO knob *
2 to adjust hours.
the switch.
3. Push the CLOCK button * 1 or AUDIO
The indicator light in the switch *
3 will knob * 2 to enter. The display will show
illuminate when low is selected. Minute Adjust.
4. Turn the AUDIO knob *
2 to adjust minutes.
To use the power outlet, pull the cover as contact the outlet.
illustrated.
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the
SIC3652 vehicle battery.
Console box Type A
. Avoid using power outlet when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster is on.
. This power outlet is not designed
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal tem-
perature fuse may open.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical acces-
sory being used is turned OFF.
SIC3653 . When not in use, be sure to close
Console box Type B the cap. Do not allow water to
2-40 Instruments and controls
CUP HOLDERS
CAUTION
. The cigarette lighter socket is a CAUTION
power source for the cigarette light-
er element only. The use of the . Avoid abrupt starting and braking
cigarette lighter socket as a power when the cup holder is being used
source for any other accessory is to prevent spilling the drink. If the
not recommended. liquid is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.
. Do not use any other power outlet
for an accessory lighter. . Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
SIC3588
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
. Do not leave glasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in
2-42 Instruments and controls
SIC3590
GLOVE BOX
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
SIC3654 SIC3591
Front Rear
CONSOLE BOX To open, push the *
knob 1 and pull out *
2 .
SIC3656
Type B
WARNING
. Never put anything on the cargo
cover, no matter how small. Any
object on it could cause an injury
SIC3594
in an accident or sudden stop.
LUGGAGE SIDE BOX . Close the cargo cover when folding
To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap. the rear seat.
. Do not leave the cargo cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes
SIC3595 or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place
CARGO COVER (if so equipped) cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo a sudden stop or collision, unse-
area hidden from the outside. cured cargo could cause personal
injury.
To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both
sides on the hooks *1 . . Your child could be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
2-46 Instruments and controls
WARNING
. Always make sure that the cargo is
properly secured. Use the suitable
WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the win-
dow lock switch to prevent unex-
pected use of the power windows.
. Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could un-
knowingly activate switches or con-
SIC3505 SIC3657
trols and become trapped in the
COAT HOOKS CARGO NET (if so equipped) window. Unattended children could
become involved in serious acci-
The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo
dents.
personal lights. area from moving around while your vehicle is
driven.
The power windows operate when the ignition
CAUTION To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to the switch is in the ON position or for about 45
retainers * A . seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to
Do not place items which are more than the OFF position. If the drivers or front
2 lb (1 kg) on the hook. passengers door is opened during this period
CAUTION of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is
Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net. canceled.
SIC3283A SIC3241
Main power window switch (drivers Passenger side power window switch
side) The passenger side switch will open or close
1. Driver side window only the corresponding window. To open or
2. Front passenger side window close the window, push down or pull up the
3. Rear left passenger side window switch and hold it.
4. Rear right passenger side window
5. Window lock button
To open or close the window, push down * A or
pull up * B the switch and hold it. The main
switch (driver side switches) will open or close
all the windows.
SIC3598
CAUTION
Sliding sunshade and moonroof
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or When the OPEN side * 1 of the moonroof
sand from the moonroof before switch is pushed, the front and rear sunshades
opening. will fully open. When the switch is pushed again,
. Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof will fully open.
the moonroof or surrounding area. When the CLOSE side * 2 of the moonroof
. Do not push or pull on the sun- switch is pushed, the moonroof will automati-
shade. Doing so can damage the cally close. Push the switch again, and the front
sunshade. and rear sunshades will close.
When the OPEN or CLOSE side of the moon-
roof switch is pushed to the second detent (*
3
or *4 ), both the sunshade and moonroof will
open or close.
To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the
INTERIOR LIGHTS
MOOD LIGHTS
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when When the switch is in the ON position * 1 , the
the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. light illuminates while the lift gate is opened.
When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
When the switch is in the OFF position *
2 , the
The lights will turn off after 30 minutes light will turn off.
when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming dis- The lights will turn off after 30 minutes
charged. when the light remain illuminated to pre-
vent the battery from becoming dis-
charged.
HomeLink UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a reverse features as required by 1996) have rolling code protection. To pro-
convenient way to consolidate the functions of federal safety standards. (These gram a garage door opener equipped with
up to three individual hand-held transmitters into rolling code protection; you will need to use
standards became effective for
one built-in device. a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
opener models manufactured after
motor to be able to access the smart or learn
HomeLink Universal Transceiver: April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener
program button.
which cannot detect an object in the
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)
devices such as garage doors, gates, home path of a closing garage door and
and office lighting, entry door locks and then automatically stop and reverse,
security systems. does not meet current federal safety
standards. Using a garage door
. Is powered by your vehicles battery. No opener without these features in-
separate batteries are required. If the creases the risk of serious injury or
vehicles battery is discharged or is dis-
death.
connected, HomeLink will retain all pro-
gramming. . During programming procedure,
your garage door or security gate
Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is
may open or close. Make sure that
programmed, retain the original transmit-
ter for future programming procedures people and objects are clear of the
(Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon garage door, gate, etc. that you are
sale of the vehicle, the programmed programming.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons . Your vehicles engine should be
should be erased for security purposes. turned off while programming
For additional information, see PRO- HomeLink Universal Transceiver.
GRAMMING HomeLink later in this sec-
tion.
PROGRAMMING HomeLink
WARNING To program your HomeLink Transceiver to
operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
. Do not use HomeLink Universal opener, home or office lighting, you need to be
Transceiver with any garage door at the same location as the device. Note:
opener that lacks safety stop and Garage door openers (manufactured after
Instruments and controls 2-57
Push and release the HomeLink button up it is advised to unplug the device during for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink is not
to three times to complete the training. the cycling process to prevent possible programmed within that time, try holding the
damage to the garage door opener com- transmitter in another position - keeping the
8. Your HomeLink button should now be ponents. indicator light in view at all times.
programmed. To program the remaining
HomeLink buttons for additional door or OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER- If you continue to have programming difficulties,
gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. SAL TRANSCEIVER please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs
Department. The phone numbers are located in
NOTE: HomeLink Universal Transceiver (once pro- the Foreword of this Owners Manual.
Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to grammed) may now be used to activate the
clear all previously programmed Home- garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-
Link buttons. appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal FORMATION
Transceiver button. The red indicator light will
If you have any questions or are having difficulty illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to
programming your HomeLink buttons, please clear all programming, push and hold the two
refer to the HomeLink web site at: www. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO- outside buttons and release when the indicator
homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. SIS light begins to flash (in approximately 20
seconds).
PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA- If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand-
NADIAN CUSTOMERS held transmitter information: REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home-
Link BUTTON
Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after with new batteries. To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei-
2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- ver button, complete the following.
. position the hand-held transmitter with its
mitter to HomeLink, continue to push and hold
battery area facing away from the Home- 1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink
the HomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4
Link surface. button. Do not release the button until step
under Programming HomeLink) while you
4 has been completed.
push and re-push (cycle) your hand-held . push and hold both the HomeLink and
transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- 2. When the indicator light begins to flash
light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ruption. slowly (after 20 seconds), position the
gramming). hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127
. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in mm) away from the HomeLink surface.
NOTE: (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink
If programming a garage door opener, etc., surface. Hold the transmitter in that position 3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter
Instruments and controls 2-59
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. 1. Master key (2)
Record the key number and keep it in a safe 2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If 3. Key number plate (1)
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-
does not record any key numbers so it is very TEM KEYS
important to keep track of your key number plate. Your vehicle can only be driven with the master
A key number is only necessary when you have keys which are registered to the NISSAN
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your
from. If you still have a key, this key can be vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer. the key head.
Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
Additional or replacement keys:
SPA2406
Type A If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can
duplicate your existing key. As many as 4 keys
can be used with one vehicle. You should bring
all the registered keys that you have to a
NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because
the registration process will erase the memory of
all key codes previously registered into the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the
registration process, these components will only
recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System during registration. Any key
that is not given to your dealer at the time of
registration will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.
SPA2431
Type B
built-in transmitter. To avoid dama- code of that Intelligent Key. This will
CAUTION ging it, please note the following. prevent the Intelligent Key from
Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im- The Intelligent Key is water unauthorized use to unlock the
mobilizer System key, which contains resistant; however, wetting may vehicle. For information regarding
an electrical transponder, to come in damage the Intelligent Key. If the erasing procedure, please con-
contact with salt water. This could the Intelligent Key gets wet, tact a NISSAN dealer.
cause the system to malfunction. immediately wipe until it is com-
pletely dry.
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so Do not bend, drop or strike it
equipped) against another object.
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Do not place the Intelligent Key
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your for an extended period in a
vehicles Intelligent Key system components and place where temperatures ex-
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo- ceed 1408F (608C).
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be Do not change or modify the
registered and used with one vehicle. The new
Intelligent Key.
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and Do not use a magnet key holder.
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your Do not place the Intelligent Key
vehicle. Since the registration process requires near an electric appliance such
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo- as a television set or personal
nents when registering new keys, be sure to take computer.
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN
Do not allow the Intelligent Key
dealer.
to come into contact with water
or salt water, and do not wash it
CAUTION in a washing machine. This
could affect the system function.
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when driving. The Intelli- . If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
gent Key is a precision device with a NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
DOORS
CAUTION WARNING
Always carry the mechanical key in- . Always have the doors locked while
stalled in the key. driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
VALET HAND-OFF the event of an accident by helping
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give to prevent persons from being
them the key itself after removing the mechanical thrown from the vehicle. This also
key to protect your belongings. helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
To prevent the glove box from being opened
and will help keep out intruders.
during valet hand-off, follow the procedures
below. . Before opening any door, always
SPA2033 look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
1. Remove the mechanical key from the key.
. Do not leave children unattended
MECHANICAL KEY 2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key. inside the vehicle. They could un-
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock 3. Hand the key to the valet, keeping the knowingly activate switches or con-
knob at the back of the key. mechanical key in your pocket or bag. Insert trols. Unattended children could
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the mechanical key into the key when you become involved in serious acci-
the key until the lock knob returns to the lock retrieve your vehicle. dents.
position. For glove box lock, see STORAGE in the 2.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the Instruments and controls section.
doors and glove box, if they are equipped with a
key cylinder.
See DOORS later in this section and STO-
RAGE in the 2. Instruments and controls
section.
. Turning the drivers door key cylinder once When locking the door without a key, be
to the rear of the vehicle *2 will unlock the sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
drivers door. After returning the key to the
neutral position * 3 , turning it to the rear
again within 1 minute will unlock all doors.
. You can switch the lock system to the mode
that allows you to open all the doors when
the key is turned once. (See HOW TO USE
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
charged, replace it with a new one. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv- sharply against another object.
ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipment . Do not change or modify the Intel-
which transmits strong radio waves, such as ligent Key.
signals from a TV and personal computer, the
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent
battery life may become shorter.
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
For information regarding replacement of a immediately wipe until it is comple-
battery, see BATTERY REPLACEMENT in tely dry.
the 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself section.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for
Because the steering wheel is locked electri- an extended period in an area where
cally, unlocking the steering wheel with the temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos-
sible when the vehicle battery is completely . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
discharged. Pay special attention that the with a key holder that contains a
vehicle battery is not completely discharged. magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information about equipment that produces a mag-
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent netic field, such as a TV, audio
Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. equipment and personal computers.
strong radio waves are present near the operat- . Do not pull the door handle before pushing
ing location, the Intelligent Key systems operat- the door handle request switch. The door
ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent will be unlocked but will not open. Release
Key may not function properly. the door handle once and pull it again to
open the door.
The operating range *
1 is within 31.50 in (80
cm) from each request switch. . The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing
doors with the door handle request switch)
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door can be set to remain inactive. (See VEHI-
glass, handle or rear bumper the request CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in
switches may not function. the 4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating audio, phone and voice recognition sys-
range, it is possible for anyone who does not tems section.)
carry the Intelligent Key to push the request
switch to lock/unlock the doors. SPA2407
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking 2. Close all the doors.*2
the key out from your pocket or bag. 3. Push the door handle request switch *A or
lift gate request switch * B while carrying
the Intelligent Key with you.*3
4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
outside chime sounds twice.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
SPA2435 *2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key
while any door is open.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door Power lift gate open (if so equipped)
handle request switch with the Intelligent 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
Key inside the vehicle.
However, when an Intelligent Key is inside 2. Push the power lift gate opener switch *
C .
the vehicle, doors can be locked with
another registered Intelligent Key. 3. The lift gate will unlock and automatically
open.
Unlocking doors
4. The hazard indicator flashes 5 times and the
1. Push the door handle request switch * A or outside chime sounds.
the lift gate request switch *B once while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you. To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate
button on the key, or power lift gate switch on
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the the instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate.
outside chime sounds once. The corre- (See LIFT GATE in the 3. Pre-driving checks
sponding door or the lift gate will unlock. and adjustments section.)
3. Push the request switch again within 1 Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
minute.
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the mode when you first receive the vehicle.
outside chime sounds once again. All the
doors and the lift gate will unlock. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
LOCK button * 1 is pushed, the hazard
All doors will be locked automatically unless one indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
of the following operations is performed within 1 When the UNLOCK button *2 is pushed,
minute after pushing the request switch while the hazard indicator flashes once.
the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time
period, the request switch is pushed, all doors If horns are not necessary, the system can be
will be locked automatically after another 1 switched to the hazard indicator mode.
minute. In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
. Opening any door button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes
twice. When the UNLOCK button is
. Pushing the ignition switch pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the
horn operates.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
Hazard indicator mode: When pushing the buttons to set the hazard
indicator and horn mode, the hazard indicator
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK flashes once and the horn chirps once.
Intelligent Key system
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)
Remote keyless entry system
(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display
When pushing the ignition switch The selector lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)
and the inside warning chime sounds con-
to stop the engine position. position.
tinuously.
The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
When opening the drivers door position. tion.
The inside warning chime sounds continuously.
to get out of the vehicle Remove the Intelligent Key from the key
The Intelligent Key is in the key port.
port.
The NO KEY warning appears on the display,
the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
inside warning chime sounds for approximately position. tion.
When closing the door after get- 3 seconds.
ting out of the vehicle
The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display
position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the
and the outside chime sounds continuously.
the P (Park) position. OFF position.
When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for approximately 3
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
inside lock knob turned to LOCK seconds and all the doors unlock.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for approximately 2 A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
request switch to lock the door seconds. The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after
pushed before the door is closed. the door is closed.
Before locking the doors, make sure the HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
key is not left in the vehicle. ENTRY SYSTEM
The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the key can When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift
operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 gate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn
m) from the vehicle. (The effective distance (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-
depends upon the conditions around the vehi- tion. For details, see Setting hazard indicator
cle.) and horn mode later in this section.
The lock and unlock buttons will not operate Locking doors
when:
SPA2252A 1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
. the distance between the key and the Type A position and push the ignition switch to the
vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m). OFF position. Make sure you carry the key
with you.*1
. the key battery is completely discharged.
2. Close all the doors and lift gate.*2
After locking with the remote keyless entry
function, pull the door handle to make sure the 3. Push the LOCK button *
1 .
doors are securely locked.
4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
depending on the environment. To securely
horn chirps once.
operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach
the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door. *1: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in
the ACC or ON position.
*2: Doors will not lock while any door is open.
SPA2436
Type B
Unlocking doors The door windows can be opened or closed by 2. The theft warning alarm will sound and the
1. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 once. turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See
DOORS earlier in this section.)
headlights will flash for 25 seconds.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The 3. The panic alarm stops under either of the
drivers door will unlock. Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped) following conditions.
Hazard indicator mode: When pushing the buttons to set the hazard
indicator and horn mode, the hazard indicator
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK flashes once and the horn chirps once.
Intelligent Key system
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)
Remote keyless entry system
(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
WARNING
. Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See EXHAUST GAS (carbon mon-
oxide) in the 5. Starting and driv-
ing section of this manual.
. Do not leave children unattended
SPA2437 inside the vehicle. They could un-
knowingly activate switches or con-
1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1
trols. Unattended children could
located below the instrument panel; the WARNING become involved in serious acci-
hood will then spring up slightly.
. Make sure the hood is completely dents.
2. Pull the lever *
2 up at the front of the hood
. Always be sure that hands and feet
closed and latched before driving.
with your fingertips and raise the hood.
Failure to do so could cause the are clear of the door frame to avoid
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the hood to fly open and result in an injury while closing the lift gate.
hood down and make sure it locks into accident.
place.
. If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
Power open
When the lift gate is fully closed, the lift gate will
fully open automatically by:
. pushing the power lift gate switch *
A on
the instrument panel
. pushing the lift gate opener switch *
B
The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside mode. be operated manually.
chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing.
A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the
Reverse function lift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinch
The power lift gate will reverse immediately if sensor during power close, the lift gate will
one of the following actions is performed during reverse and return to the full open position
power open or power close. immediately.
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
FUEL-FILLER CAP
WARNING
. Gasoline is extremely flammable
and highly explosive under certain
conditions. You could be burned or
seriously injured if it is misused or
mishandled. Always stop engine
and do not smoke or allow open
flames or sparks near the vehicle
when refueling.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel
SPA1915 SPA2441
tank after the fuel pump nozzle
LIFT GATE RELEASE shuts off automatically. Continued
OPENING FUEL-FILLER DOOR refueling may cause fuel overflow,
If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a To open the fuel-filler door, push the opener resulting in fuel spray and possibly
discharged battery, follow these steps. switch located below the instrument panel. To a fire.
lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.
1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with . Use only an original equipment type
a suitable tool. fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It
2. Move the lever toward the direction *
A as has a built-in safety valve needed
illustrated to open the lift gate. for proper operation of the fuel
system and emission control sys-
Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. tem. An incorrect cap can result in a
serious malfunction and possible
injury. It could also cause the mal-
function indicator light to come on.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle
body to attempt to start your vehi-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
any closer to you than is necessary
for proper steering operation and
comfort. The drivers air bag inflates
with great force. If you are unrest-
rained, leaning forward, sitting side-
ways or out of position in any way, SPA2443 SPA2444A
you are at greater risk of injury or
death in a crash. You may also MANUAL OPERATION ELECTRIC OPERATION
receive serious or fatal injuries from Tilt or telescopic operation Tilt or telescopic operation
the air bag if you are up against it
Pull the lock lever *
1 down and adjust the Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or
when it inflates. Always sit back steering wheel forward or rearward to the down, forward or rearward to the desired
against the seatback and as far desired position. position.
away as practical from the steering
wheel. Always use the seat belts. Push the lock lever up securely to lock the Entry/Exit function operation (if so
steering wheel in place. equipped):
Pull the lock lever *
2 and adjust the steering The automatic drive positioner system will make
wheel up or down to the desired position. the steering wheel move up automatically when
the drivers door is opened with the ignition
Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel
switch in the LOCK position. This lets the driver
in place.
get into and out of the seat more easily.
For more information, see AUTOMATIC DRIVE
SUN VISORS
SIC3451
MIRRORS
WARNING
Use the night position only when ne-
cessary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.
SPA2450
Type B
For the compass (if so equipped) operation, see Adjusting outside mirrors
COMPASS in the 2. Instruments and con- The outside mirror control switch is located on
trols section. the armrest.
3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA1829 SIC2064
The automatic drive positioner system has two canceled by pressing and holding the SET
features: switch for more than 10 seconds.
. Entry/exit function The indicator lights on the memory switches (1
and 2) will blink once when the function is
. Memory storage
canceled, and the indicator lights will blink twice
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION when the function is activated. Note that the
indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds
This system is designed so that the drivers seat while holding the SET switch. This indicates
and steering column will automatically move readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a
when the selector lever is in the P (Park) stored memory position. Keep the SET switch
position. This allows the driver to get into and pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or
out of the drivers seat more easily. off the entry/exit function.
The drivers seat will slide backward and the The entry/exit function can also be activated or
steering wheel will move up when the drivers canceled if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key SPA2445
door is opened with the ignition switch in the or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned
LOCK position and the key not inserted in the to ON or OFF in the Comfort & Conv. settings. MEMORY STORAGE
key port. (See VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SET- Two positions for the drivers seat, steering
TINGS in the 4. Monitor, heater, air condi- column and outside mirrors can be stored in the
The drivers seat and steering wheel will return
tioner, audio, phone and voice recognition automatic drive positioner memory. Follow these
to the previous positions when the ignition
systems section.) procedures to use the memory system.
switch is pushed to the ACC position.
The drivers seat will not return to the previous Initialize entry/exit function 1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse position.
is operated when the seat is at the exit position. opens, the entry/exit function will not work
though this function was set on before. In such 2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
Cancel or activate entry/exit function a case, after connecting the battery or replacing 3. Adjust the drivers seat, steering column and
The selector lever must be in the P (Park) with a new fuse, open and close the drivers outside mirrors to the desired positions by
position with the ignition switch in the OFF door more than two times after the ignition manually operating each adjusting switch.
position after the drivers door is opened. switch is turned from the ON position to the For additional information, see SEATS in
LOCK position. The entry/exit function will be the 1. Safety Seats, seat belts and
The entry/exit function can be activated or activated. supplemental restraint system section and
3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COL- then push the button on the key. The . Push the ignition switch to the ON
UMN earlier in this section and OUTSIDE drivers seat, steering wheel and outside mirrors position and push the memory switch
MIRRORS earlier in this section. will move to the memorized position. (1 or 2).
4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, Confirming memory storage . Within 45 seconds of opening the
push the memory switch (1 or 2). . Push the ignition switch to the ON position drivers door, push the memory switch
and push the SET switch. If the main (1 or 2).
The indicator light for the pushed memory
switch will stay on for approximately 5 memory has not been stored, the indicator The drivers seat, steering column and
seconds after pushing the switch. light will come on for approximately 0.5 outside mirrors will move to the memorized
second. When the memory has stored in position with the indicator light flashing, and
If memory is stored in the same memory position, the indicator light will stay on for then the light will stay on for approximately 5
switch, the previous memory will be deleted. approximately 5 seconds. seconds.
Linking key to a stored memory position . If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the SYSTEM OPERATION
The key can be linked to a stored memory fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In
position with the following procedure. this case, reset the desired position using The automatic drive positioner system will not
the previous procedure. work or will stop operating under the following
1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memory conditions:
position. . If optional keys are added to your vehicle,
the memory storage procedure to switch 1 . When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7
. While the indicator light for the memory or 2 and linking key procedure to a stored km/h) (entry/exit function).
switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec- memory position should be performed again
onds, push the button on the key. for each key. For additional Intelligent Key . When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-
information, see KEYS earlier in this rage).
. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,
and then push the SET switch. Push the section. . When the adjusting switch for the drivers
button while pushing the memory seat and steering column is turned on while
Selecting the memorized position the automatic drive positioner is operating.
button while the indicator light stays on for
approximately 5 seconds. 1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position. . When the seat, steering column and outside
If the indicator light blinks, the key is linked to mirrors have already been moved to the
that memory setting. 2. Use one of the following methods to move memorized position.
the drivers seat, the outside mirrors and the
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and steering wheel. . When no position is stored in the memory
switch.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31
CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION
SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL (models with
color display screen)
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell SAA1845
With navigation system
coming from it, stop using the 1. STATUS status display button (P.4-8)
system immediately and contact 2, 6, 7, 8, 9.
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor- For navigation system control buttons (Refer to the
ing such conditions may lead to separate Navigation System Owners Manual.)
accidents, fire, or electric shock. 3. Multi-function controller (P.4-4)
. Park the vehicle in a safe location 4. PHONE Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone Sys-
tem button (P.4-75)
and apply the parking brake to view
the images on the front center dis- 5. OFF brightness control and display ON/
OFF button (P.4-8)
play screen using devices connected
10. INFO vehicle and navigation information button
to the auxiliary input jacks. (P.4-8)
11. SETTING button (P.4-12)
Do not attempt to operate the system in
extreme temperature conditions [below
48F (208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these condi-
tions may result in system malfunctions.
4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1846 SAA1847
Without navigation system With navigation system
1. INFO vehicle information button (P.4-8) When you use this system, make sure the
2. STATUS status display button (P.4-8) engine is running.
3. Multi-function controller (P.4-4)
If you use the system with the engine not
4. OFF brightness control and display ON/ running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long
OFF button (P.4-8)
time, it will use up all the battery power,
5. SETTING button (P.4-12)
and the engine will not start.
SAA1848
Without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
. Space:
Inserts a space.
. Delete:
Deletes the last character that has been
input with one touch. Push and hold the
button to delete all of the characters.
. OK:
Completes character inputs.
Touch screen maintenance
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
SAA1543 SAA1617 cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
Adjusting the item: Inputting characters: cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe
Touch the + *
1 or *
2 button to adjust the Touch the letter or number *
1 . the screen.
settings.
There are some options available when inputting
Touch the UP * 3 or DOWN * 4 button to characters.
move to the previous or next page.
. Uppercase:
Shows uppercase characters.
. Lowercase:
Shows lowercase characters.
. Symbols:
Shows symbols such as the question mark
(?).
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON The information shown on the screen should be
a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.
To display the status of the audio, climate control See the following for details.
system, fuel consumption and navigation system
(if so equipped), push the STATUS button. The
following information will appear when the
STATUS button is pushed.
Audio ? Audio and Climate control system ?
Audio and fuel consumption ? Audio and
Navigation system (if so equipped) ? Audio
HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-
TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON
Push the OFF button to switch the
SAA1545
display brightness to the daytime mode or the With navigation system
nighttime mode, and to adjust the display
brightness using the multi-function controller
while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of
the screen.
The display brightness can also be adjusted
using the brightness UP button (+) or bright-
ness DOWN button ().
Push the OFF button for more than 2
seconds to turn the display off. Push the button
again to turn the display on.
HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON
The display screen shows vehicle and navigation
(if so equipped) information for your conveni- SAA1511
ence. Without navigation system
4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1547
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
SAA1554 SAA1555
SAA1611 SAA1592
SAA1556
With navigation system
SAA1514
Without navigation system
4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1557 SAA1813
With navigation system
Audio settings Display settings
The above display will appear when pushing the The above display will appear when pushing the
SETTING button, selecting the Audio key SETTING button, selecting Display key with
with the multi-function controller and pushing the multi-function controller and pushing the
the ENTER button. ENTER button.
Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade: Display:
To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button
balance, select the Bass, Treble, Bal- and turn the Display indicator off. The other
ance or Fade key and adjust it with the method is to push the OFF button for
multi-function controller. more than 2 seconds.
These items can also be adjusted by pushing When any mode button is pushed with the
and turning the AUDIO knob. screen off, the screen turns on for further
operation. The screen will turn off automatically
5 seconds after the operation is finished.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
To turn on the screen, set this item to the ON using the remote controller. (See NISSAN
position, or push the OFF button. MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (MES)
later in this section.)
Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:
To adjust the brightness and contrast of the
screen, select the Brightness or Contrast
key and push the ENTER button.
Then, you can adjust the brightness to Darker
or Brighter, and the contrast to Lower or
Higher using the multi-function controller.
For information on the Background Color
key, refer to the separate Navigation System
Owners Manual.
SAA1814
Navigation settings (if so equipped)
For the details of Navigation settings, refer to
Rear Display settings (if so equipped)
the separate Navigation System Owners Man- The above display will appear when pushing the
ual. SETTING button, selecting the Rear Display
key with the multi-function controller and push-
ing the ENTER button.
Rear Display :
To open the rear display, push the ENTER
button. The rear display is flipped down auto-
matically. To close the rear display, push the
ENTER button and turn the OK indicator off.
The rear display will be closed automatically
when the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position.
The rear display can be also opened or closed
4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
When this item is turned to ON, the interior Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if so
lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked. equipped):
Auto Headlights Sensitivity (if so When this item is turned to ON, the steering
SAA1564 equipped): wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition
switch is in the OFF position and the drivers
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
higher (right) or lower (left). pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
the steering wheel moves to the previous
Auto Headlights Off Delay (if so equipped):
position.
Choose the duration of the automatic headlight
off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if so
180 second periods. equipped):
Selective Door Unlock: When this item is turned to ON, the drivers seat
moves backward for easy exit if the ignition
When this item is turned to ON, only the drivers switch is in the OFF position and the drivers
door is unlocked first after the door unlock door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
operation. When the door handle request switch pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
on the drivers or front passengers side door is the drivers seat moves to the previous position.
pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding
SAA1565 door is unlocked first. All the doors can be
unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
Return All Settings to Default: push the ENTER button. Select English or
Francais for your favorite display appear-
Select this item, push the ENTER button and ance.
choose YES if you want to return all settings to
the default. . Select Units
Choose the Select Units key and push
the ENTER button. Select US (Mile, 8F,
MPG) or Metric (km, 8C, L/100 km) for
your favorite display appearance.
SAA1566
WARNING
. The rear view camera is a conve-
SAA1092 nience but it is not a substitute for
proper backing up. Always turn and
Language/Units settings (models without check that it is safe to do so before
navigation system) backing up. Always back up slowly.
The Language/Units settings display will appear . Objects viewed in the RearView
when pushing the SETTING button, selecting Monitor differ from actual distance
the Language/Units key with the multi- because a wide-angle lens is used.
function controller and pushing the ENTER Objects in the RearView Monitor
button.
will appear visually opposite than
Select Language: when viewed in the rear view and
outside mirrors.
Choose the Select Language key and push
the ENTER button. From the following display, . Make sure that the lift gate is
select English, Francais or Espanol for your securely closed when backing up.
favorite display appearance. . Underneath the bumper and the
corner areas of the bumper cannot
be viewed on the RearView Monitor
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
installed above the license plate. Indicate the predicted course when backing up.
. When washing the vehicle with The predicted course lines will be displayed on
the monitor when the selector lever is in the R
high-pressure water, be sure not to
(Reverse) position and the steering wheel is
spray it around the camera. Other- turned. The predicted course lines will move
wise, water may enter the camera depending on how much the steering wheel is
unit causing water condensation on turned and will not be displayed while the
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an steering wheel is in the neutral position.
electric shock.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
. Do not strike the camera. It is a SAA1896
COURSE LINES
precision instrument. Otherwise, it
may malfunction or cause damage HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
resulting in a fire or an electric LINES WARNING
shock. Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
and distances to objects with reference to the . Always turn and check that it is safe
vehicle body line *A are displayed on the to do so before backing up. Always
CAUTION monitor. back up slowly.
4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1898 SAA1978
4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor
further than it appears. closer than it appears.
SAA1979
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
course.
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN
To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint,
Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView
Monitor, push the SETTING button with the
RearView Monitor on, select the item key and
adjust the level using the multi-function con-
troller.
Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,
Contrast and Black Level of the RearView
Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure
the parking brake is firmly applied and the
engine is not running.
OPERATING TIPS
. When the selector lever is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-
matically changes to the RearView Monitor
mode. However, the radio can be heard.
. It may take some time until the RearView
SAA1923 SAA1980
Monitor or the normal screen is displayed
after the selector lever has been shifted to R
Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object from another position or to another position
The predicted course lines * The position *
A do not touch the
from R. Objects may be distorted momenta-
C is shown further than the
position *
rily until the RearView Monitor screen is
object in the display. However, the vehicle may B in the display. However, the
position *
displayed completely.
hit the object if it projects over the actual C is actually at the same distance
backing up course. as the position * A . The vehicle may hit the . When the temperature is extremely high or
object when backing up to the position * A if low, the screen may not clearly display
the object projects over the actual backing up objects. This is not a malfunction.
4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
VENTILATORS
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
WARNING
. The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.
. Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
SAA1066 possibly fatal injuries to people or SAA1520
Rear (if so equipped) animals.
For the models with the color display screen,
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction . Do not use the recirculation mode push the STATUS button to display the heater
of ventilators. for long periods as it may cause the and air conditioner status screen. (See HOW
: This symbol indicates that the vents are interior air to become stale and the TO USE STATUS BUTTON earlier in this
closed. windows to fog up. section.)
: This symbol indicates that the vents are Start the engine and operate the heater and air
open. conditioner system.
You can individually set the driver and front
passenger side temperature using each tem-
perature control button.
4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2040
Type A
1. Temperature control button (driver side)
2. AUTO automatic climate control ON button
3. front defroster button
4. fan speed control dial/OFF button
5. intake air control button
6. MODE manual air flow control button
7. Temperature control button (passenger side)
8. A/C air conditioner ON/OFF button
9. rear window defroster button (See REAR
WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS-
TER SWITCH in the 2. Instruments and con-
trols section.)
10. upper vent system button
11. DUAL zone control ON/OFF button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. The temperature of the passenger compart- compartment to improve the defogging about 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flash
ment will be maintained automatically. Air performance. twice, and then the intake air will be controlled
flow distribution and fan speed are also automatically.
controlled automatically. MANUAL OPERATION
Air flow control
. Do not set the temperature lower than the Fan speed control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control
outside air temperature. Otherwise the Turn the fan speed control dial to button selects the air outlet to:
system may not work properly. manually control the fan speed.
: Air flows from center and side ventila-
. Not recommended if windows fog up. Push the AUTO button to return to automatic tors.
control of the fan speed.
Dehumidified defrosting or defogging : Air flows from center and side ventila-
1. Push the front defroster button. (The Air recirculation tors and foot outlets.
indicator light on the button will come on.) Push the intake air control button to : Air flows mainly from foot outlets.
2. Operate the temperature control buttons recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The
(type A) dial (type B) to set the desired indicator light will come on. : Air flows from defroster and foot out-
temperature. lets.
The air recirculation mode cannot be activated
when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting Upper vent system
. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the
windows, turn the fan speed control mode . When the upper vent button is pushed,
dial and set it to the maximum position. the air flow against the drivers or passengers
Outside air circulation upper body becomes gentle. The indicator light
. As soon as possible after the windshield is Push the intake air control button to on the button will come on.
clean, push the AUTO button to return to change the air circulation from the intake air to
the auto mode. the outside air. The indicator light will turn In this mode, air from the center ventilators flows
off. both straight and upward in order to control the
. When the front defroster button is cabin temperature without blowing air directly
pushed, the air conditioner will automatically Automatic air intake control on the occupants.
be turned on at outside temperatures above In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
238F (58C) to defog the windshield, and If you want strong air flow against your upper
controlled automatically. To manually control body, push the button to turn the
the air recirculate mode will automatically be the intake air, push the intake air control button
turned off. indicator light off.
. To return to the automatic control mode,
Outside air is drawn into the passenger push the intake air control button for
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
AUDIO SYSTEM
Static and flutter: During signal interference from Satellite radio reception:
buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,
usually in conjunction with increased distance When the satellite radio is first installed or the
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can battery has been replaced, the satellite radio
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the may not work properly. This is not a malfunction.
treble setting to reduce the treble response. Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio
ON for satellite radio to receive all of the
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective necessary data.
characteristics of FM signals, direct and re-
flected signals reach the receiver at the same The satellite radio mode requires an active XM
time. The signals may cancel each other, satellite radio service subscription. Satellite
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound. radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and
Guam.
AM radio reception:
Satellite radio performance may be affected if
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite
bend around objects and skip along the ground. radio signal.
In addition, the signals can be bounced off the
ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite
these characteristics. AM signals are also antenna.
subject to interference as they travel from A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna
transmitter to receiver. can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
through freeway underpasses or in areas with
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several SAA0480
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
areas where no obstacles exist. Compact Disc (CD) player
. Do not force a compact disc into the CD
Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical insert slot. This could damage the CD
power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. and/or CD changer/player.
. Trying to load a CD with the CD door
closed could damage the CD and/or CD
4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
changer. Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) The CD can be played when the tem-
perature of the player returns to nor-
. During cold weather or rainy days, the . Do not use the following CDs as they mal.
player may malfunction due to the may cause the CD player to malfunc-
humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD tion. UNPLAYABLE:
and dehumidify or ventilate the player
completely. 3.1 in (8 cm) discs The file is unplayable in this audio
system (only MP3 or WMA CD).
. The player may skip while driving on CDs that are not round
rough roads. CDs with a paper label
CompactFlash (CF) player (if so
equipped)
. The CD player sometimes cannot func- CDs that are warped, scratched, or
tion when the passenger compartment . Do not force a CF card into the slot.
have abnormal edges This could damage the CF card and/or
temperature is extremely high. De-
crease the temperature before use. . This audio system can only play pre- player.
recorded CDs. It has no capabilities to . During cold weather or rainy days, the
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) record or burn CDs.
round discs that have the COMPACT player may malfunction due to the
disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc . If the CD cannot be played, one of the humidity. If this occurs, remove the CF
or packaging. following messages will be displayed. card and dehumidify or ventilate the
player completely.
. Do not expose the CD to direct sun- CHECK DISC:
light. . The CF player sometimes cannot func-
Confirm that the CD is inserted tion when the passenger compartment
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, correctly (the label side is facing up, temperature is extremely high. De-
scratched, covered with fingerprints, etc.). crease the temperature before use.
or that have pin holes may not work
properly.
Confirm that the CD is not bent or . Do not expose a CF card to direct
warped and it is free of scratches. sunlight.
. The following CDs may not work prop-
erly:
PUSH EJECT: . Confirm that a CF card is inserted
correctly.
This is an error due to the temperature
Copy control compact discs (CCCD) inside the player is too high. Remove
Recordable compact discs (CD-R) the CD by pushing the EJECT button,
and after a short time reinsert the CD.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
iPod player (if so equipped) order as they appear on the iPod. the cable and/or connectors are wet. It
. may damage the iPod.
Some characters used in other lan- .
The iPod nano (1st Generation) may
guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are remain in fast forward or rewind mode . If the cable and connectors are ex-
not displayed properly on the vehicle if it is connected during a seek opera- posed to water, allow the cable and/or
center screen. We recommend using tion. In this case, please manually reset connectors to dry completely before
English language characters with an the iPod. connecting the cable to the iPod (wait
iPod. 24 hours for it to dry).
. If you are using an iPod (3rd Genera-
. Large video podcast files cause slow tion with Dock connector), do not use . If the connector is exposed to fluids
responses in the iPod. The vehicle very long names for the song title, other than water, evaporative residue
center display may momentarily black album name or artist name to avoid may cause a short between the con-
out, but it will soon recover. the iPod from resetting itself. nector pins. In this case, replace the
. If the iPod automatically selects large cable, otherwise damage to the iPod
. Be careful not to do the following, or and a loss of function may occur.
video podcast files while in the shuffle the cable could be damaged and a loss
mode, the vehicle center display may of function may occur. . If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,
momentarily black out, but it will soon connectors cracked, contamination
recover. Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40 such as liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the
mm) radius minimum). connectors), do not use the cable and
. Improperly plugging in the iPod may
Twist the cable excessively (more contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the
cause a checkmark to be displayed on
and off (flickering). Always make sure than 180 degrees). cable with a new one.
that the iPod is connected properly. Pull or drop the cable. . When not in use for extended periods
of time, store the cable in a clean, dust
. The iPod nano (2nd Generation) will Close the center console lid on the
continue to fast forward or rewind if it free environment at room temperature
cable or connectors. and without direct sun exposure.
is disconnected during a seek opera-
tion. Store objects with sharp edges in the . Do not use the cable for any other
storage where the cable is stored. purposes other than its intended use in
. An incorrect song title may appear
when the Play Mode is changed while Spill liquids on the cable and con- the vehicle.
using the iPod nano (2nd Generation). nectors. * iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
. Audiobooks may not play in the same . Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the U.S. and other countries.
4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. WMA Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a * Windows and Windows Media are regis-
compressed audio format created by Micro- tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA Corporation in the United States of America
codec offers greater file compression than and/or other countries.
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk
digital audio tracks in the same amount of Corporation in the United States of America SAA1025
space when compared to MP3s at the same and/or other countries.
level of quality. Playback order:
. Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of Music playback order of the CD/CF with MP3 or
bits per second used by a digital music files. WMA is as illustrated above.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used . The folder names of folders not containing
when encoding the file. MP3/WMA files are not shown in the
display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Specification chart:
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
Troubleshooting guide:
4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
the current track on the CD will be played. To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button for portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
more than 1.5 seconds. laptop computers.
CD PLAY selection:
When this button is pushed while the compact Push the AUX button to play a compatible
To change to another CD already loaded into the disc is being played, the compact disc will come device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
player, push the CD play select buttons *1 to
out and the system will turn off.
*6 .
If the compact disc comes out and is not
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM): removed, it will be pulled back into the slot
to protect it.
When the RPT button is pushed while the
compact disc is played, the play pattern can be SCAN tuning:
changed as follows:
When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
(CD) less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will
be played for 10 seconds in sequence.
When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
(CD with MP3 or WMA) more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the first program in all the CDs will be
played for 10 seconds.
Pushing the button again during this 10 second
period will stop SCAN tuning.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
CD EJECT: 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the disc program.
compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be
ejected. AUX (Auxiliary) button:
To eject the discs selected by the CD select The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5 The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
seconds. standard analog audio input such as from a
4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1850
4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
low frequencies and to stop at the next tuned to that station. Text:
broadcasting station.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 When the Text key is selected with the multi-
. For XM satellite radio seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next function controller on the display and then the
station. ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio
Push the SEEKCAT or TRACK button is being played, the text information will be
or to tune to the first channel of the *
1 to *
6 Station memory operations: displayed on the screen.
next or previous category.
Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FM . CH Name
During satellite radio reception, the following band (6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and the SAT radio
notices will be displayed under certain condi- (6 for SAT1, 6 for SAT2), and 6 stations can be . Category
tions. set for the AM band.
. Name
. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
SAT tuner is connected.) select button. . Title
. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off) 2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK, . Other
SCAN or TUNE button. Compact Disc (CD) player/changer op-
. ANTENNA ERROR (Antenna connection
error) 3. Select the desired station/channel and keep eration
pushing any of the desired station preset Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
. LOADING (When the initial setting is buttons * 1 to * 6 until a beep sound is
performed) position, push the LOAD button (if so equipped)
heard. (The radio mutes when the select and insert the compact disc into the slot with the
. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub- button is pushed.) label side facing up. The compact disc will be
scription is not active) 4. The channel indicator will then come on and guided automatically into the slot and start
playing.
. INVALID CH (Invalid channel is received.) the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete. After loading the disc, the number of tracks on
SCAN tuning: 5. Other buttons can be set in the same the disc and the play time will appear on the
manner. display.
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low
to high frequencies and stops at each broad- If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the blows, the radio memory will be erased. In that matically turn off and the compact disc will play.
button again during this 5 seconds period will case, reset the desired stations. If the system has been turned off while the
stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain compact disc was playing, pushing the ON-
4-46 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
OFF/VOL control knob will start the compact Text: When the or button is pushed for less
disc. than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is
When the Text key is selected in the screen being played, the next track or the beginning of
using the multi-function controller and then the the current track on the CD will be played.
CD LOAD (if so equipped): ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being
To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the played, the music information below will be The multi-function controller can also be used to
LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select displayed on the screen. select tracks when a CD is being played.
the loading position by pushing the CD insert CD: CD PLAY selection (if so equipped):
select button *
1 to * 6 , then insert the CD.
. Disc title To change to another CD already loaded into the
To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in player, push the CD play select buttons *1 to
.
succession, push the LOAD button for more
than 1.5 seconds.
Track title
*6 or choose a disc displayed on the screen
CD with MP3 or WMA: using the multi-function controller.
The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the
display. . Folder title REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
. File title When the RPT button is pushed while the
or PLAY: compact disc is played, the play pattern can be
. Song title
When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed with changed as follows:
the system off and the compact disc loaded, the . Album title
(CD)
system will turn on and the compact disc will . Artist
start to play.
When the DISC button is pushed with the FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
compact disc loaded and the radio playing, the wind)/APS (Automatic Pro-
(CD with MP3 or WMA)
radio will automatically be turned off and the gram Search) FF, APS REW:
compact disc will start to play.
When the (fast forward) or (rewind)
When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds
loaded and a medium is played using the while the compact disc is being played, the
auxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back and compact disc will play while fast forwarding or
forth between CD and medium. rewinding. When the button is released, the
compact disc will return to normal play speed.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
4-48 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
PLAY:
When the DISC button is pushed with the
system off and the CF card inserted, the system
will turn on.
If another audio source is playing and a CF card
is inserted, push the DISC button repeatedly
until the center display changes to the Com-
pactFlash mode.
Text:
When the Text key is selected on the screen
using the multi-function controller and then the
SAA1567 SAA1862 ENTER button is pushed while the CF is being
played, the music information below will be
Display Mode: COMPACTFLASH (CF) PLAYER OP- displayed on the screen.
ERATION (models with navigation sys-
The AUX settings display will appear when the . Folder title
tem)
Setting key is selected using the multi-
. Song title
function controller and pushing the ENTER Audio main operation
button. Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON . Track title
Choose the display mode from the following: position, remove the cover * A and insert a CF
. Album Title
card * B into the slot. Then, push the
. Normal button repeatedly to switch to the Compact- . Artist
Flash mode.
. Wide
. Cinema If the system has been turned off while the
CompactFlash card was playing, pushing the
ONOFF/VOL control knob will start the Com-
pactFlash card.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
4-50 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind)/APS MUSIC BOX HARD DRIVE (models with
(Automatic Program Search) FF, APS REW: navigation system)
When the or button is pushed for The Music Box hard drive audio system can
more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is store songs from CDs being played. The system
playing, the iPod will play while fast forwarding has a 9.3 gigabyte (GB) storage capacity and
or rewinding. When the button is released, the can record up to 200 hours (approximately
iPod will return to the normal play speed. 2,900 songs).
When the or button is pushed for less The following CDs can be recorded in the Music
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is playing, the Box hard drive audio system.
next track or the beginning of the current track . CDs without MP3/WMA files
on the iPod will be played.
. Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (Hybrid
The multi-function controller can also be used to CD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs
select tracks when the iPod is playing. SAA1613
. Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM): cification in CD-Extras Recording songs
. First session of multisession disc 1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. For
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is the details of playing CDs, see Compact
being played, the play pattern can be changed Extreme temperature conditions [below Disc (CD) player/changer operation earlier
as follows: 48F (208C) and above 1588F (708C)] could in this section.
affect the performance of the hard disk.
2. Select the REC key using the multi-
NOTE: function controller and push the ENTER
If the hard disk needs to be replaced due button.
to a malfunction, all stored music data will The system starts recording the track being
be erased. played and REC CD appears on the screen.
4-52 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Play by Category
Plays music from one of the following
categories: My Favorites, Hit Songs, Kids
Songs and Rarely Played.
. Search Artists
Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order.
Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks
by the artist and starts playing the first track.
SAA1685 SAA1686
Music Tempo (All, Slow, Normal and Fast) . Music Box System Info. Transfer Missing Titles to CF
Transfers the information of the album
Decade (All, 70s, 80s, 90s, 00s and 10s Displays the following information about the recorded without titles to a Compact-
and After) Music Box hard drive: Flash card. Visit
Group (All, Male Artist, Female Artist, Group a. Music Box Used / Free Space (Informa- www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-
and Duo) tion about Saved Album, Saved Track tails.
and Remaining Time is displayed.) e. Music Box Settings (See Music Box
Category (Rock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, Hip
Hop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk, b. Mood Categories (Number of saved settings later in this section.)
Blues, Country, Metal, Easy Listening, New tracks and their categories (Relaxing f. CDDB Version (the version of the built-in
Age, Soundtrack, Gospel & Religious, Music, Lively Music, Slow Music, Upbeat Gracenote Database is displayed.)
World, Classical, Childrens and Other) Music and Others) are displayed.)
. Search Keywords c. Deleted Items (Information about the
deleted tracks is displayed.)
Input a search keyword using the keypad
displayed on the screen. (See HOW TO d. Search Missing Titles
USE TOUCH SCREEN (models with navi-
gation system) earlier in this section.) If titles are not displayed for CDs that have
been recorded, titles can be acquired using
. Edit Albums one of the following methods:
Select a category (Rec. (Recorded) Date, Retrieve from HDD
Name, Released Year and Artist) and edit Searches the title using the database in
the details using the keypad displayed on the hard disk.
the screen. (See HOW TO USE TOUCH
SCREEN (models with navigation system) Retrieve from CF
earlier in this section.) Searches the title from the information
acquired on the Internet. Visit
www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-
tails.
4-56 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Title Text Priority: information (Gracenote Data) from online identifier to track queries for statistical purposes.
servers (Gracenote Servers) and to perform The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc Data other functions. You may use Gracenote Data identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusicID
Base) to acquire track information from the only by means of the intended End-User service to count queries without knowing any-
Gracenote Database or set to CD TEXT to functions of this device. thing about who you are. For more information,
acquire the information from CDs. see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Policy for the Gracenote MusicID Service.
Delete ALL Music Box Data: Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for
Delete all music data stored on the hard disk. your own personal non-commercial use only. The Gracenote Software and each item of
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS.
Gracenote transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace- Gracenote makes no representations or warran-
NOTE: note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy
TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote
. The information contained in the THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE- Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete
Gracenote Database is not fully guaran- NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY data from the Gracenote Servers or to change
teed. PERMITTED HEREIN. data categories for any cause that Gracenote
. The service of the Gracenote Database You agree that your non-exclusive license to use
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the
on the Internet may be stopped without Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are
the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, error-free or that functioning of Gracenote
prior notice for maintenance. and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin-
violate these restrictions. If your license termi- terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide
nates, you agree to cease any and all use of the you with new enhanced or additional data types
End-User License Agreement Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and or categories that Gracenote may provide in the
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP- Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all future and is free to discontinue its online
TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW. rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft- services at any time.
ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including all
Gracenote MusicID Terms of Use ownership rights. Under no circumstances will GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
Gracenote become liable for any payment to you EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
This device contains software from Gracenote, for any information that you provide. You agree NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
Inc. of Emeryville, California (Gracenote). The that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-
software from Gracenote (the Gracenote Soft- this Agreement against you directly in its own CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-
ware) enables this application to do online disc name. G E M E N T. G R A C E N OT E D O E S N OT
identification and obtain music-related informa- WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
tion, including name, artist, track, and title The Gracenote MusicID Service uses a unique
4-58 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE- . A new disc may be rough on the inner and
NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST
PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. CF cards
. Never touch the terminal portion of the
Copyright: CompactFlash cards. Do not bend the
Music recognition technology and related data cards.
are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote is the . Always place the cards in the storage case
industry standard in music recognition technol- when they are not being used.
ogy and related content delivery. For more
information visit www.gracenote.com. . Do not place heavy objects on the cards.
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, SAA0451
. Do not store the cards in highly humid
Inc., copyright * C 2000-2007 Gracenote. locations.
Gracenote Software, copyright * C 2000-2007 CD/CF (CompactFlash) CARE AND
Gracenote. This product and service may . Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight.
CLEANING
practice one or more of the following U.S. . Do not spill any liquids on the cards.
Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680; CD
#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192, . Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the Refer to the CompactFlash card Owners
#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, and surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc. Manual for the details.
other patents issued or pending. Some services
supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. . Always place the discs in the storage case
for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523. Gracenote and when they are not being used.
CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. . To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
of Gracenote. motion.
Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
alcohol intended for industrial use.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59
STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-
TROLS FOR AUDIO (if so equipped)
ENTER (models with navigation system)
or tuning (models without navigation
system) switch
Push the switch upward or downward to select
a channel, track, CD or folder when they are
listed on the display. You can also use the
ENTER switch to select the items on the usual
setting menu screen.
After selecting an MP3 folder using the up and
down switch, push the ENTER switch to
complete the selection.
While the display is in the NAVI, STATUS or
Audio setting screen, some audio functions can
also be controlled using the ENTER switch. The
function varies depending on if you push the
switch shorter (less than 1.5 seconds) or longer
(more than 1.5 seconds).
RADIO:
SAA1854 SAA1855
. Pushing DOWN /UP shorter
With navigation system Without navigation system
1. Source select switch Next or previous preset channel
2. ENTER (models with navigation system) or tuning
(models without navigation system) switch . Pushing DOWN /UP longer
3. Volume control switch
Next or previous station/channel
4. BACK switch
4-60 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Next track or the beginning of the current screen or cancel the selection if it is not . When cleaning the inside of the rear
track completed. window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window antenna.
. Pushing DOWN /UP longer Volume control switches Lightly wipe along the antenna with
Folder change (When the last folder on a Push the upper (+) or lower () side switch to a dampened soft cloth.
disc is playing, the next disc will be increase or decrease the volume.
selected.) SOURCE select switch
iPod: Push the source select switch to change the
mode in the sequence of Preset A, Preset B,
. Pushing DOWN /UP shorter Preset C, iPod (if so equipped), Music Box
Previous or next track (Start/Pause or Menu (if so equipped), CD, CompactFlash (if so
can be selected when the ENTER button is equipped) and AUX. If they are not ready to
pushed.) function, those modes will be skipped.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
CAUTION CAUTION
. The glass screen on the liquid
. Be sure that the antenna is removed
crystal display may break if hit with
before the vehicle enters an auto-
a hard or sharp object. If the glass
matic car wash and before you put a
breaks, do not touch the liquid
cover on the vehicle.
crystalline material, which contains
. Be sure to remove the antenna a small amount of mercury. In case
before the vehicle enters a garage
4-62 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA0484
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
Displays
WARNING
Park the vehicle in a safe location and
apply the parking brake to view the
SAA1863 images on the front center display
screen using the DVD drive or other
DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC (DVD) SYS- devices connected to the auxiliary input
TEM COMPONENTS jacks (if so equipped).
DVD drive
The DVD drive is located inside of the center CAUTION
console. Insert a DVD into the slot with the label
side facing the front of the vehicle. The DVD will . The glass screen on the liquid
be guided automatically into the slot. crystal display may break if hit with
a hard or sharp object. If the glass
When ejecting the DVD, push the EJECT button
*1 .
breaks, do not touch the liquid
crystalline material, which contains
a small amount of mercury. In case
of contact with skin, wash immedi-
ately with soap and water.
. Use soft, damp cloth when cleaning
4-64 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
CAUTION
Do not touch the display when it is
opening or closing.
SAA2002 SAA0720
Flip-down screen
Use the remote controller to operate the Headphones
motorized flip-down rear display screen. Headphones are a wireless type and no cables
1. Push the REAR DISPLAY OPEN/CLOSE are necessary. You can use them in almost all
button on the remote controller to open or the ranges in the rear seat for listening to the
close the display. sound from DVD or AUX. (It is not possible to
use the headphones in the front seat.)
2. Adjust the display angle by pushing the
DISPLAY TILT button or . Power ON/OFF:
The screen can also be opened using the multi- Push the POWER button to turn the head-
function controller. See Rear Display settings phones on or off.
earlier in this section.
Do not block the range of the wireless remote
controller receiver and wireless headphones
transmitter *1 .
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
SAA0721
Volume control:
Turn the volume control knob to adjust the
volume.
The headphones will automatically be turned off
in about 5 minutes if there is no sound during
that period. To prevent the battery from being
discharged, keep the power turned off when not SAA1861
in use.
Remote controller
If the sound from the headphones is not clear it The remote controller has the following controls:
may be because:
1. REAR DISPLAY OPEN/CLOSE button
. of an infrared communication device or
cellular phone, turn down the headphone 2. DVD button
volume or stop using the headphones, or
3. Joystick
4-66 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
firm local regulations for battery phones while the vehicle is in motion so etc., as long as the permit from Macrovision
disposal. that full attention may be given to Corporation is not issued.
. When changing batteries, do not let vehicle operation. . Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.
dust or oil get on the remote control
and headphones. . Dolby digital is manufactured under license
CAUTION from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
FCC Notice:
. Only operate the DVD while the . Dolby and the double D mark are
Changes or modifications not expressly trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
vehicle engine is running. Operating
approved by the manufacturer compliance
could void the users authority to operate the DVD for extended periods of . DTS and DTS Digital Surround are
the equipment. This device complies with time with the engine OFF can dis- registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of charge the vehicle battery.
Parental level (parental control)
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to . Do not allow the system to get wet.
the following two conditions: (1) This DVDs with the parental control setting can be
Excessive moisture such as spilled played with this system. Please use your own
device may not cause harmful interference, liquids may cause the system to
and (2) this device must accept any inter- judgement to set the parental control with the
malfunction. system.
ference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of . While playing VIDEO-CD media, this
Disc selection
the device. DVD player does not guarantee
complete functionality of all VI- You can play the following disc formats with the
BEFORE OPERATING THE DVD EN- DEO-CD formats. DVD drive:
TERTAINMENT SYSTEM . DVD-VIDEO
Precautions Copyright and trademark
. VIDEO-CD
Start the engine when using the DVD entertain- . The technology protected by the U.S. patent
ment system. and other intellectual property rights owned . CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc) (CD
by Macrovision Corporation and other right with MP3/WMA cannot be played.)
holders is adopted for this system.
WARNING Use DVDs with a region code 1, ALL or 1
. This copyright protected technology cannot included for your DVD entertainment system.
The driver must not attempt to operate be used without a permit from Macrovision (The region code is displayed as a small symbol
the DVD system or wear the head- Corporation. It is limited to be personal use, printed on the top of the DVD.) This vehicle-
4-68 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a will turn off automatically after a period of time.
region code other than 1 or ALL. To turn it on again, push the DISC button once
more.
Display settings
DVD operation keys
Front display:
To operate the DVD drive, select the preferred
To adjust the front display mode, press the key displayed on the operation screen using the
SETTING button while the DVD is being played, multi-function controller.
select the Display key with the multi-function
controller, and then press the ENTER button. PAUSE:
To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint, Select the key and push the ENTER
color, contrast and black level select each key button to pause the DVD. To resume playing the
using the multi-function controller and press the DVD, use the PLAY key.
ENTER button.
SAA1829 To pause the DVD, it is also possible to push the
Then you can adjust each item using the multi- button on the keypad of the remote
function controller. After changes have been PLAYING A DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC controller.
made press the BACK button to save the (DVD)
settings.
DISC button PLAY:
Rear display: Park the vehicle in a safe location for the Select the key and push the ENTER
To adjust the rear display mode, push the DISP front seat occupants to operate the DVD button to start playing the DVD, for example,
(Display) button on the remote controller. drive while watching the images. after pausing the DVD.
To adjust the display brightness, tint, color and Push the DISC button on the instrument panel To start playing the DVD, it is also possible to
contrast, select each key using the joystick on to turn the display to the DVD mode. push the button on the keypad of the
the remote controller and tilt the joystick to right When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayed remote controller.
or left. automatically.
Push the BACK button to apply the settings and STOP:
The operation screen will be turned on when the
return to the previous display. DISC button located on the instrument panel Select the key and push the ENTER
is pushed while a DVD is being played, and it button to stop playing the DVD.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69
SKIP (FORWARD):
Select the key and push the ENTER
button to skip the chapter(s) of the disc forward.
The chapters will advance the number of times
the ENTER button is pushed.
To skip the chapter(s) forward, it is also possible
to push the button on the keypad of the
remote controller.
SAA2003 SAA2013
SKIP (REWIND): Setting (front) DVD VIDEO-1 Setting (front) DVD VIDEO-3
Select the key and push the ENTER
button to skip the chapter(s) of the disc back-
ward. The chapters will go back the number of
times the ENTER button is pushed.
To skip the chapter(s) backward, it is also
possible to push the button on the
keypad of the remote controller.
SAA1831 SAA2014
Setting (front) DVD VIDEO-2 Setting (rear) DVD VIDEO-1
4-70 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-72 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. A new disc may be rough on its When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
inner and outer edges. Remove the your NISSAN, be sure to observe the following CAUTION
cautions, otherwise the new equipment may
rough edges using the side of a pen . Keep the antenna as far away as
adversely affect the electronic control modules
or pencil as illustrated. and electronic control system harness. possible from the electronic control
. Never attempt to use a DVD that has modules.
been cracked, deformed, or repaired WARNING . Keep the antenna wire more than 8
using adhesive. Doing so may cause in (20 cm) away from the electronic
damage to the equipment. . A cellular telephone should not be control system harness. Do not
used while driving so full attention route the antenna wire next to any
. Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contam- may be given to vehicle operation. harness.
ination or flaws. Otherwise, signals may not Some jurisdictions prohibit the use
be read properly. . Adjust the antenna standing-wave
of cellular telephones while driving.
ratio as recommended by the man-
. Do not write, draw or attach anything on any . If you must make a call while your ufacturer.
side of the DVD. vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
. Connect the ground wire from the
. Do not store the DVD in locations with direct cellular phone operational mode (if
CB radio chassis to the body.
sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity. so equipped) is highly recom-
mended. Exercise extreme caution . For details, consult a NISSAN deal-
. Always place discs in the storage case at all times so full attention may be er.
when they are not being used.
given to vehicle operation.
. Do not put on any sticker or write anything . If a conversation in a moving vehicle
on either surface of the DVD. requires you to take notes, pull off
the road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle before doing so.
4-74 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-76 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1895 SAA1572
PAIRING PROCEDURE 2. Select the None (Add New) key from the
name list of the phones, and push the
1. Push the PHONE button or the button, ENTER button.
and select the Pair phone key on the
display using the multi-function controller.
Then push the ENTER button.
SAA1857
CONTROL BUTTONS
1) PHONE button
2) TALK/PHONE SEND button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
3. When a PIN code appears on the screen, PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION 4. Select the Transfer via Bluetooth key, and
operate the Bluetooth cellular phone to push the ENTER button in order to register
enter the PIN code. Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the your cellular phone memory in the phone-
phonebook. book.
The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
varies according to each cellular phone. See 1. Push the SETTING button, and select the 5. Operate the cellular phone to send a
the cellular phone Owners Manual for the PHONE key on the display using the multi- persons name and phone number from the
details. You can also visit function controller. Then push the ENTER memory of the cellular phone. The memory
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call button. sending procedure from the cellular phone
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for 2. Select the Phonebook key, and push the varies according to each cellular phone
instructions on pairing NISSAN recom- ENTER button. manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own-
mended cellular phones. ers Manual for more details.
3. Select the None (Add New) key from the
When the pairing is completed, the screen name list of the phonebook, and push the
will return to the Bluetooth setup display. ENTER button.
4-78 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-80 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Answer . Keypad
Accept an incoming call to talk. Send a dial tone to the caller for using
network services such as voice mail.
. On Hold
. Cancel Mute
Put an incoming call on hold.
This will appear after Mute is selected.
. Reject Call Mute will be canceled.
Reject an incoming call. To adjust the persons voice to be louder or
To finish the call, perform one of the quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or )
following procedures listed below. on the steering wheel or turn the volume control
knob on the instrument panel while talking on
a) Select the Hang up key on the display and the phone. This adjustment is also available in
push the ENTER button. the SETTING mode.
SAA1579
b) Push the PHONE button on the instrument
panel. DURING A CALL
c) Push the button on the steering wheel. There are some options available during a call.
Select one of the following displayed on the
screen if necessary.
. Hang up
Finish the call.
. Use Handset
Transfer the call to the cellular phone.
. Mute
Mute your voice to the person.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81
4-82 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system) later in
this section; page 4-109.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
System fails to interpret the command
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
correctly.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to
use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this
The system consistently selects the section.)
wrong voicetag.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
4-84 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-86 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1570 SAA1571
PAIRING PROCEDURE 3. Select the Pair Phone key, and push the
ENTER button.
1. Push the SETTING button, and select the
PHONE key on the display using the multi-
function controller. Then push the ENTER
button.
2. Select the Bluetooth Setup key, and push
SAA1857 the ENTER button.
CONTROL BUTTONS
1) PHONE button
2) TALK/PHONE SEND button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87
4. Select the None (Add New) key from the 5. When a PIN code appears on the screen, PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION
name list of the phones, and push the operate the Bluetooth cellular phone to
ENTER button. enter the PIN code. Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the
phonebook.
The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
varies according to each cellular phone. See 1. Push the SETTING button, and select the
the cellular phone Owners Manual for the PHONE key on the display using the multi-
details. You can also visit function controller. Then push the ENTER
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call button.
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for 2. Select the Phonebook key, and push the
instructions on pairing NISSAN recom- ENTER button.
mended cellular phones.
3. Select the None (Add New) key from the
6. When the pairing is completed, the screen name list of the phonebook, and push the
will return to the Bluetooth setup display. ENTER button.
4-88 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-90 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Answer
Accept an incoming call to talk.
. On Hold
Put an incoming call on hold.
. Reject Call
Reject an incoming call.
To finish the call, perform one of the
following procedures listed below.
a) Select the Hang up key on the display and
push the ENTER button.
SAA1578 SAA1579
b) Push the PHONE button on the instrument
RECEIVING A CALL panel. DURING A CALL
When you hear a phone ring, the display will c) Push the button on the steering wheel. There are some options available during a call.
change to the incoming call mode. To receive a Select one of the following displayed on the
call, perform one of the following procedures screen if necessary.
listed below.
. Hang up
a) Select the Answer key on the display and
push the ENTER button. Finish the call.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91
. Keypad
Send a dial tone to the caller for using
network services such as voice mail.
. Cancel Mute
This will appear after Mute is selected.
Mute will be canceled.
To adjust the persons voice to be louder or
quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or )
on the steering wheel or turn the volume control
knob on the instrument panel while talking on
the phone. This adjustment is also available in
the SETTING mode.
SAA1580 SAA1581
4-92 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Delete Downloaded Phonebook device PIN and connection status. . Remove Paired Phone
Delete a downloaded phonebook. . Pair Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the
paired list.
. Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone- See PAIRING PROCEDURE later in this
book section. . Paired Phone List
Delete an entry from the downloaded . Priority Change Up to 5 registered cellular phones are
phonebook. shown on the list. If you select a cellular
Use this command to change the priority phone that is different from the one currently
Automatic Hold level of the active phone. being connected, the newly selected phone
If this item is turned on, an incoming call will be The priority level determines which phone will be connected to the system.
placed on hold automatically after several rings. will be connected to the system when more . Edit Phone Name
than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the
Use Vehicle Ringtone vehicle. Rename the registered cellular phones using
If this item is turned on, a specific ringtone that is the keypad displayed on the screen. (See
different from the cellular phones will sound The system states the priority level of the HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN (models
when receiving a call. active phone and asks for a new priority level with navigation system) earlier in this
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5). section.)
Delete Call Logs
If the new priority level is already being used
Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs for another phone, the two phones will swap
from the list. priority levels.
Bluetooth Setup For example, if the current priority levels are:
See the following information for each item. Priority Level 1 = Phone A
Priority Level 2 = Phone B
. Bluetooth Priority Level 3 = Phone C
If this setting is turned off, the connection and you change the priority level of Phone C
between the cellular phone and the in- to Level 1, then:
vehicle phone module will be canceled. Priority Level 1 = Phone C
Priority Level 2 = Phone B
. Bluetooth Info Priority Level 3 = Phone A
Check information about the device name,
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system) later in
this section; page 4-132.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
System fails to interpret the command
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
correctly.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to
use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the List Names
The system consistently selects the command. (See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section.)
wrong voicetag.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
4-94 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Some cellular phones or other devices may 1) this device may not cause interference and OPERATING TIPS
cause interference or a buzzing noise to
2) this device must accept any interference, To get the best performance out of the NISSAN
come from the audio system speakers.
including interference that may cause un- Voice Recognition system, observe the follow-
Storing the device in a different location
desired operation of the device ing:
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
IC Regulatory information . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
. Refer to the cellular phone Owners Manual
possible. Close the windows to eliminate
regarding the telephone pairing procedure Operation is subject to the following two
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration
specific to your phone, battery charging, conditions: (1) this device may not cause
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system
cellular phone antenna, etc. interference, and (2) this device must accept
from recognizing voice commands correctly.
any interference, including interference that
. The antenna display on the monitor will not may cause undesired operation of the . Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a
coincide with the antenna display of some device. command. Otherwise, the command will not
cellular phones.
be received properly.
This Class B digital apparatus meets all
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as requirements of the Canadian Interference- . Start speaking a command within 5 seconds
possible to hear the callers voice clearly as Causing Equipment Regulations. after the tone sounds.
well as to minimize its echoes.
Bluetooth trademark: . Speak in a natural voice without pausing
. If reception between callers is unclear,
between words.
adjusting the incoming or outgoing call BLUETOOTH is a trademark
volume may improve the clarity. owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., GIVING VOICE COMMANDS
U.S.A.
REGULATORY INFORMATION To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, push
INITIALIZATION and release the button located on the
FCC Regulatory information steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a
CAUTION: To maintain compliance with When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON command.
FCCs RF exposure guidelines, use only position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, lized, which takes a few seconds. If the The command given is picked up by the
modification, or attachments could damage button is pushed before the initialization com- microphone, and voice feedback is given when
the transmitter and may violate FCC regula- pletes, the system will announce Hands-free the command is accepted.
tions. phone system not ready and will not react to . If you need to hear the available commands
voice commands. for the current menu again, say Help and
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: the system will repeat them.
4-96 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. If a command is not recognized, the system How to say numbers The system repeats the numbers and
announces, Command not recognized. NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain prompts you to enter more.
Please try again. Repeat the command in way to speak numbers in voice commands.
a clear voice. six six two
Refer to the rules and examples below.
. If you want to go back to the previous The system repeats the numbers and
. Either zero or oh can be used for 0. prompts you to enter more.
command, you can say Go back or
Correction any time the system is waiting Example: 1-800-662-6200 six two zero zero
for a response.
One eight oh oh six six two six two oh . You can say Star for * and Pound for # at
. You can cancel a command when the oh, or anytime in any position of the phone number
system is waiting for a response by saying, in the international input mode. For the
Cancel or Quit. The system announces One eight zero zero six six two six two oh
oh international command, please see CALL
Cancel and ends the voice recognition later in this section.
(VR) session. You can also push the . Words can be used for the first 4 digits
button on the steering wheel at any time. places only. Example: 1-555-1212 *123
Whenever the VR session is canceled, a One five five five one two one two star
double beep is played to indicate you have Example: 1-800-662-6200
one two three
exited the system.
One eight hundred six six two six two oh
NOTE:
. If you want to adjust the volume of the voice oh,
feedback, push the volume control switches For best results, say phone numbers as
NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty single digits.
(+ or ) on the steering wheel while being
two hundred, and
provided with feedback. You can also use
the radio volume control knob. NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two
hundred.
NOTE:
The voice command Help is available at . Numbers can be spoken in small groups.
any time. Please say Help to obtain the The system will prompt you to continuing
information about how to use the NISSAN entering digits, if desired.
Voice Recognition system. Example: 1-800-662-6200
One eight zero zero
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97
4-98 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
system tells you, then prompts you for a 2. Say: Call *A . The system acknowledges on the steering wheel.
name again. the command and announces the next set of
available commands. NOTE:
Also, if more than one phone is paired and If you do not wish to take the call when you
the name sounds too much like a name 3. Say the number you wish to call, starting hear the ringtone, press the button on
already used, the system tells you, then with the area code in the single digit format the steering wheel to reject the call.
prompts you for a name again. *B . For better recognition results, it is
recommended to say the numbers in small For additional command options, see LIST OF
6. The system asks you to assign a priority level groups like, the 3-digits area code, the next VOICE COMMANDS later in this section.
* F . The priority level determines which
3 digits, then the last 4 digits. For example,
phone is active when more than one paired 555-121-3354 can be said as five five five
Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle. Follow (1st group), one two one (2nd group) and
the instructions provided by the system or three three five four (3rd group). (See
see SETUP later in this section for more How to say numbers earlier in this section
information on changing priorities. for more information.)
7. The system will ask if you would like to 4. When you have finished speaking the phone
select a custom ringtone * G . Follow the
number, the system repeats it back and
instructions provided by the system or see announces the available commands.
SETUP later in this section for more
information on selecting ringtones. 5. Say: Dial * C . The system acknowledges
the command and makes the call. When you
MAKING A CALL BY ENTERING A enter the phone number other than in the 3-
PHONE NUMBER 3-4 digit format, you can say the command
international to have more options.
For additional command options, see LIST OF
VOICE COMMANDS later in this section.
RECEIVING A CALL
When you hear the ringtone, press the
1. Push the button on steering wheel. A button on the steering wheel.
tone will sound.
Once the call has ended, press the button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-99
Remember to wait for the tone before See PHONE BOOK later in this section to
speaking. learn how to store entries.
You can say Help to hear the list of commands When prompted by the system, say the name of
currently available any time the system is waiting the phone book entry you wish to call. The
for a response. system acknowledges the name.
If you want to end an action without completing If there are multiple locations associated with
it, you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the name, the system asks you to choose the
while the system is waiting for a response. The location.
4-100 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Once you have confirmed the name and and ends the VR session. and sends the tones associated with the
location, the system begins the call. numbers. The system then ends the VR
International session and returns to the call.
<Number> (speak digits)
When you would like to enter a phone number . Transfer Call Use the Transfer Call
When prompted by the system, say the number other than in 3-3-4 digit format, say interna- command to transfer the call from the
you wish to call. (See How to say numbers tional. When the system acknowledges this Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System to
earlier in this section and MAKING A CALL BY command, the system will prompt you to speak the cellular phone when privacy is desired.
ENTERING A PHONE NUMBER earlier in this the number you wish to enter.
section for more details.) The system announces, Transfer call. Call
During a call transferred to privacy mode. The system
Redial then ends the VR session.
During a call there are several command options
Use the Redial command to call the last number available. Press the button on the steering You can also issue the Transfer Call
that was dialed within the vehicle. wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter command again to return to a hands-free
commands. call through the vehicle.
NOTE:
The system will not redial the last number . Help The system announces the avail- . Mute Use the Mute command to mute
dialed by the handset keypad. able commands. your voice so the other party cannot hear it.
The system acknowledges the command, re- . Go back/Correction The system an- Use the mute command again to unmute
nounces Go back, ends the VR session your voice.
peats the number and begins dialing.
and returns to the call. NOTE:
If a redial number does not exist, the system
announces, There is no number to redial and . Cancel/Quit The system announces If the other party ends the call or the
ends the VR session. Cancel, ends the VR session and returns cellular phone network connection is lost
to the call. while the Mute feature is on, the Mute
Callback feature may need to be reset to off.
. Send/Enter/Call/Dial Use the Send
Use the Call Back command to dial the number command to enter numbers during a call.
of the last incoming call within the vehicle. For example, if you were directed to dial an
extension by an automated system:
The system acknowledges the command, re-
peats the number and begins dialing. If a call Say: Send one two three four.
back number does not exist, the system
announces, There is no number to call back The system acknowledges the command
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101
When prompted by the system, say the name the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu-
you would like to give the new entry. nication link.
For example, say: Mary. The transfer procedure varies according to each
cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owners
If the name is too long or too short, the system Manual for details. You can also visit
tells you, then prompts you for a name again. www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions
Also, if the name sounds too much like a name on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN
already stored, the system tells you, then recommended cellular phones.
prompts you for a name again. The system repeats the number and prompts
Once the system accepts the name and you you for the next command. When you have
confirm it is correct, the system asks for a finished entering numbers, choose Store.
location (Home, Office, Mobile or Other). The system confirms the name, location and
SAA1928 For example, say: Home. number. The system then asks if you would like
to store another location for the same name. If
PHONE BOOK The system acknowledges the location. you do not wish to store another location, the
The system will ask you to say a phone number system ends the VR session.
The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each
phone paired with the system. Each name can or to transfer a phone number stored in the Edit
have up to 4 locations/phone numbers asso- cellular phones memory.
Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone
ciated with it. To enter a phone number by voice command: book entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or 4th phone
NOTE: For example, say: five five five one two one number to an existing entry.
Each phone has its own separate phone two. (See How to say numbers earlier in this When prompted by the system, say the name of
book. You cannot access Phone As phone section for more information.) the entry you wish to edit.
book if you are currently connected with
Phone B. To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular The system acknowledges the name and asks
phones memory (if so equipped): you for the location you would like to edit.
New Entry
Say Transfer entry. The system acknowledges Say the name of the location.
Use the New Entry command to store a new the command and asks you to initiate the
name in the system. transfer from the phone handset. The new The system acknowledges the location.
contact phone number will be transferred from
4-102 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The system will ask you to say a phone number Delete You can stop the playback of the list at any time
or to transfer a phone number stored in the by pressing the button on the steering
cellular phones memory. Use the Delete command to erase one entry wheel. The system ends the VR session.
from the phone book, all entries from the phone
To enter a phone number by voice command: book, the current redial number or the current
call back number.
For example, say: five five five one two one
two. (See How to say numbers earlier in this To delete entries from the phone book, say a
section for more information.) name or All entries when prompted by the
system.
To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular
phones memory (if so equipped): The system acknowledges the command and
asks you to confirm the deletion.
Say Transfer entry. The system acknowledges
the command and asks you to initiate the To delete the current redial number or call back
transfer from the phone handset. The new number, say redial number or call back
contact phone number will be transferred from number when prompted by the system.
the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu-
nication link. If a redial number or a call back number exists,
the system deletes them without asking for
The transfer procedure varies according to each confirmation.
cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owners
Manual for details. You can also visit If there is no number for the entry you are trying
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions to delete, the system says so and ends the VR
on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN session.
recommended cellular phones. List Name
The system repeats the number and prompts Use the List Names command to hear all the
you for the next command. When you have names and locations in the phone book.
finished entering numbers, choose Store.
The system recites the phone book entries but
The system confirms the name, location and does not include the actual phone numbers.
number, then announces that the entry has been When the playback of the list is complete the
stored. The system then ends the VR session. system ends the VR session.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103
Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try to pair a Select Phone For example, if the current priority levels are:
sixth phone, the system announces that you
must first delete one phone or replace an Use the Select Phone command to select a Priority Level 1 = Phone A
existing phone. phone of lesser priority when two or more Priority Level 2 = Phone B
phones paired with Bluetooth Hands-Free Priority Level 3 = Phone C
If you try to pair a phone that has already been Phone System are in the vehicle at the same
paired to your vehicles system, the system time. and you change the priority level of Phone C to
announces the name the phone is already using. Level 1, then:
The pairing procedure will then be canceled. The system asks you to name the phone and
confirm the selection. Priority Level 1 = Phone C
When prompted by the system, choose from the Priority Level 2 = Phone B
following commands: Once the selection is confirmed, the selected Priority Level 3 = Phone A
phone remains active until the ignition switch is
. New phone see PAIRING PROCE- turned OFF or you select a new phone. Delete Phone
DURE earlier in this section. Use the Delete Phone command to delete a
Change Priority
. Replace phone The system announces specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth
the names of the phones already paired and Use the Change Priority command to change Hands-Free Phone System.
asks which you would like to replace. the priority level of the active phone.
The system announces the names of the phones
Once you say the name of the phone you The priority level determines which phone is already paired with the system and their priority
wish to replace, the paring procedure will active when more than one paired Bluetooth level. The system then gives you the option to
begin. (See PAIRING PROCEDURE ear- phone is in the vehicle. delete a specific phone, all phones or listen to
lier in this section.) the list again.
The system states the priority level of the active
. List phone See the description below. phone and asks for a new priority level (1, 2, 3, Once you choose to delete a phone or all
4, 5). phones, the system asks you to confirm this
List Phones action.
If the new priority level is already being used for
Use the List Phone command to hear the names another phone, the two phones will swap priority NOTE:
of the phones currently paired. If no phones are levels. When you delete a phone, the associated
paired, the system announces, No paired phone book for that phone will also be
phones to list. The system then ends the VR deleted.
session.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-107
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS earlier in this section.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
System fails to interpret the command 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to
correctly. use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the
recognition response for the speaker. (See SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE earlier in this section.)
1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the
The system consistently selects the List Names command. (See PHONE BOOK earlier in this section.)
wrong entry from the phone book.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
4-108 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Placing Calls
Tutorial for making a phone call by voice
command operation.
. Help on Speaking
Displays useful tips of speaking for correct
command recognition by the system.
. Voice Recognition Settings
Describes the available voice recognition
settings.
Note that the Command List feature is only
available when Alternate Command Mode is
SAA1920 SAA1904
active.
5. Highlight an item using the multi-function Getting Started
controller and push the ENTER button. Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition
You can skip steps 1 to 3 above if you say system for the first time, you can confirm how to
Help. use commands by viewing the Getting Started
section of the User Guide.
Available items:
1. Highlight Getting Started and push the
. Getting Started ENTER button.
Describes the basics of how to operate the 2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the
NISSAN Voice Recognition system. screen using the multi-function controller.
. Finding a Street Address Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN
Tutorial for entering a destination by street Voice Recognition system
address. If you choose Finding a Street Address or
Placing Calls, you can view tutorials on how to
perform these operations using NISSAN Voice
4-110 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Recognition.
SAA1905 SAA1906
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-113
Command List
Category Command:
Command Action
Phone Operates Phone function
Navigation Operates Navigation function
Information Displays vehicle Information function
Help Displays User Guide
. Phone Command:
Command Action
Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.
Redial Makes a call to the latest dialed number.
Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook.
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized. (Available during phone number entry)
. Navigation Command:
See the separate Navigation System Owners Manual.
. Information Command:
Command Action
Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.
Maintenance Displays maintenance information.
4-114 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1859 SAA1908
Example 1 - Placing a call to the phone 2. The system announces, Would you like to
access Phone, Navigation, Information or
number 800-662-6200:
Help?
1. Push the TALK switch located on the
steering wheel. 3. Speak Phone.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-115
4. Speak Dial Number. 5. Speak 800. 6. The system announces, Please say the next
three digits or dial, or say change number.
7. Speak 662.
4-116 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-117
Example 2 - Placing an international call to 2. The system announces, Would you like to 4. Speak International Call.
access Phone, Navigation, Information or
the phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:
Help?
1. Push the TALK switch located on the
steering wheel. 3. Speak Phone.
4-118 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-119
Activating Alternate Command Mode 4. Highlight the Alternate Command Mode 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument key and push the ENTER button. panel.
panel. 5. The confirmation message is displayed on 2. Highlight the Others key using the multi-
2. Highlight the Others key on the display the screen. Push the OK key to activate function controller and push the ENTER
and then push the ENTER button. the Alternate Command Mode. button.
3. Highlight the Voice Recognition key and Displaying command list 3. Highlight the Voice Recognition key using
then push the ENTER button. If you are controlling the system by voice the multi-function controller and push the
commands for the first time or do not know the ENTER button.
appropriate voice command, perform the follow- You can skip steps 1 to 3 above if you say
ing procedure for displaying the voice command Help.
list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).
4. Highlight the Command List key using the
multi-function controller and push the EN-
TER button.
4-120 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1901 SAA1931
5. Highlight a category using the multi-function 6. Highlight an item using the multi-function
controller and push the ENTER button. controller and push the ENTER button.
7. If necessary, scroll the screen using the
multi-function controller to view the entire
list.
8. Press the BACK button to return to the
previous screen.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-121
COMMAND ACTION
Phone Redial Redials the phone number last dialed.
Phone Dial Dials the phone number given in the command.
Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list.
Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history (1 to 5).
Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history (1 to 5).
Audio Commands:
. Music Box
COMMAND ACTION
Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard-disk drive audio system.
. Radio
COMMAND ACTION
Radio Turns the radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
Radio AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
Radio FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
4-122 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Satellite
COMMAND ACTION
Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
. CD
COMMAND ACTION
CD Starts to play a CD.
. Audio
COMMAND ACTION
Audio OFF Turns the audio system off.
. iPod
COMMAND ACTION
iPod
Turns the iPod system on.
COMMAND ACTION
Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen.
Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-123
Climate Commands:
COMMAND ACTION
Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode.
Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off.
4-124 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Help.
4. Highlight the User Guide key using the
multi-function controller and push the EN-
TER button.
SAA1783 SAA1920
Describes the available voice recognition . When the climate control is in the AUTO
settings. mode, the fan speed decreases automati-
cally for easy recognition.
. Speaker Adaptation
. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a SAA1859
Tutorial adapting the system to your voice. command.
Giving voice command
USING THE SYSTEM . Speak in a natural voice without pausing 1. Push and release the TALK switch
between words. located on the steering wheel.
Initialization
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
lized, which takes a few seconds. When
completed, the system is ready to accept voice
commands. If the TALK switch is pushed
before the initialization completes the display will
show the message: Phonetic data downloaded.
Please wait. or a beep sounds.
4-126 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Push the BACK button once to return to the Dial one eight zero zero six six two zero
previous screen. zero.
. If you want to cancel the command, push Note 1: For the best voice recognition phone
and hold the TALK switch for 1 second. dialing results, say phone numbers as single
The message Voice canceled will be digits.
announced.
Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as five five
. Push the TALK switch again to pause five six thousands.
the operation. Push the TALK switch to
restart the operation. Note 3: When speaking a house number, speak
the number 0 as zero. If the letter o ( Oh) is
. If you want to adjust the volume of the included in the house number, it will not be
system feedback, push the volume control recognized as the number 0 (zero) even if you
buttons (+ or ) on the steering wheel or speak oh instead of zero. You can only say
SAA1932
use the audio system volume knob while the zero for 0 ( Zero). You can say either zero
system is making an announcement. or oh for o (Oh).
2. A list of commands appears on the screen,
and the system announces, Please say a How to speak numbers
command. NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain
way to speak numbers when giving voice
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the commands. Refer to the following examples.
screen changes from to , speak a
command. General rule:
Operating tips Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For
. Voice commands cannot be accepted when example, if you would like to say 500, five zero
the icon is . zero can be used, but five hundred cannot.)
SPEAKER ADAPTATION FUNCTION 4. Select the user whose voice is memorized 5. Select a category to be learned by the
by the system and push the ENTER button. system from the following list and then push
The voice recognition system has a function to the ENTER button.
learn the users voice for better voice recognition
performance. The system can memorize the . Navigation
voices of up to three persons.
. Audio
Having the system learn the users voice . Phone
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument
panel, highlight the Others key on the . Vehicle Info.
display and then push the ENTER button. . Others
2. Highlight the Voice Recognition key and The voice commands in the category are
then push the ENTER button. displayed.
3. Highlight the Speaker Adaptation key and
then push the ENTER button.
4-128 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1921 SAA1922
7. The system requests that you repeat a Speaker Adaptation function settings
command after a tone.
Edit Name:
8. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
screen changes from to , speak Edit the user name using the keypad displayed
the command that the system requested. on the screen.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-129
Continuous Learning:
When this item is turned to ON, you can have
the system learn the voice commands in
succession, without selecting commands one
by one.
MINIMIZE VOICE FEEDBACK
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument
panel, highlight the Others key on the
display and then push the ENTER button.
2. Highlight the Voice Recognition key and
then push the ENTER button.
3. Highlight the Minimize Voice Feedback key
and push the ENTER button.
4. The item is turned to ON and the vocal
feedback is reduces if the voice recognition
system is activated.
4-130 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the
appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom/error message Solution
Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see Command List earlier in this section.
system fails to interpret the command correctly.
2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.
3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.
NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE
the phonebook. PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this section; page 4-75.)
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-131
Displaying command list 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument 4. Highlight a category using the multi-function
If you are controlling the system by voice panel. controller and push the ENTER button.
commands for the first time or do not know the 2. Highlight the Voice Recognition key
appropriate voice command, perform the follow- using the multi-function controller and push
ing procedure for displaying the voice command the ENTER button.
list and help list.
3. Highlight the Command List key using
the multi-function controller and push the
ENTER button.
4-132 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1593
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-133
4-134 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Radio
COMMAND ACTION
Radio Play Turns the radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
Radio AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
Radio FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
Tune <87.7 - 107.9> Tunes to the specified FM frequency.
Tune <530 - 1710> Tunes to the specified AM frequency.
Preset <A - C> <1 - 6> Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank.
Preset <A - C> Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank.
Preset <1 - 6> Switches directly to the specified preset bank.
Radio OFF Turns the radio off.
Radio Menu Displays the radio menu.
NOTE:
Radio OFF and Radio Menu commands are available when the radio mode is selected.
. Satellite (if so equipped)
COMMAND ACTION
Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
Satellite Radio Channel <1 - 255> Tunes to the specified SAT frequency.
Preset <A - C> <1 - 6> Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank.
Preset <A - C> Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank.
Preset <1 - 6> Switches directly to the specified preset bank.
Radio OFF Turns the radio off.
Radio Menu Displays the radio menu.
NOTE:
Radio OFF and Radio Menu commands are available when the radio mode is selected.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-135
4-136 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. CD
COMMAND ACTION
CD Play Starts to play a CD.
Track <1 - 512> Switches to the specified track.
Folder <1 - 255> Selects the specified MP3 folder and plays the first file.
Folder <1 - 255> Track <1 - 512> Switches to the specified track on the specified MP3 folder.
CD OFF Stops the CD playback.
CD Text Displays the information about the track currently being played.
CD Menu Displays the CD menu.
NOTE:
CD commands (except CD Play) are available when the CD mode is selected.
. Audio
COMMAND ACTION
Audio Play Turns the audio system on.
Audio OFF Turns the audio system off.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-137
. CF (if so equipped)
COMMAND ACTION
Compact Flash Play Starts to play the files saved in the CompactFlash card.
Track <1 - 512> Switches to the specified track.
Folder <1 - 255> Selects the specified folder in the CompactFlash card and plays the first file.
Folder <1 - 255> Track <1 - 512> Switches to the specified track in the specified folder in the CompactFlash card.
Compact Flash OFF Stops the playback of the CompactFlash card.
Compact Flash Text Displays the information about the file currently being played.
Compact Flash Menu Displays the CompactFlash menu.
NOTE:
CF commands (except Compact Flash Play) are available when the CF mode is selected.
. iPod (if so equipped)
COMMAND ACTION
iPod Play Turns the iPod system on.
iPod OFF Turns the iPod system off.
4-138 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Phone Help:
COMMAND ACTION
Phone Redial Redials the phone number last dialed.
Phone Dial Dials the phone number given in the command.
Dials the phone number given in the command. Speak the phone number in one sequence. The number is
Phone Dial <Phone number>
automatically dialed.
Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list.
Phonebook <Voicetag> Dials the phone number registered in the specified voicetag.
Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history (1 to 5).
Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history (1 to 5).
Phone Select Selects another cellular phone registered in the system.
Play Phonebook Outputs the Voicetags registered in the system.
COMMAND ACTION
Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode.
Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off.
Temperature <60 - 90> Sets the climate control temperature to the value given in the command.
Driver Temperature <60 - 90> Sets the drivers side temperature to the value given in the command.
Passenger Temperature <60 - 90> Sets the passengers side temperature to the value given in the command.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-139
Others Help:
. Vehicle
COMMAND ACTION
Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen.
Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen.
Status Displays the Status screen.
. Help
COMMAND ACTION
Help Displays the command list.
4-140 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-142 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Temperature twenty one and a half. equipped). Using your own voice, 40 voicetags
can be registered in the Phonebook (phone)
. 19.08C and 10 locations can be registered in the
Temperature nineteen point zero. Address Book (navigation system).
4-144 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1606 SAA1605
4. Select the user whose voice is memorized 5. Select a category to be learned by the
by the system and push the ENTER button. system from the following list and then push
the ENTER button.
. Navigation
. Audio
. Phone
. Vehicle Info.
. Others
The voice commands in the category are
displayed.
6. Select a voice command and then push the
ENTER button.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-145
SAA1607 SAA1608
4-146 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Continuous Learning:
When this item is turned to ON, you can have
the system learn the voice commands in
succession, without selecting commands one
by one.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-147
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the
appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom/error message Solution
Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see COMMAND LIST earlier in this section.
system fails to interpret the command correctly.
2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.
3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.
NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag. 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE
PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this section, page 4-85.)
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.
4-148 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
vehicle inspected promptly by a possible, and inflate them to the proper pres-
WARNING NISSAN dealer. sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust . Avoid driving with an extremely low failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
system are very hot. Keep people, fuel level. Running out of fuel could ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the
animals or flammable materials cause the engine to misfire, dama- vehicles handling and stopping ability.
away from the exhaust system com- ging the three-way catalyst.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
ponents. . Do not race the engine while warm- proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over ing it up. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
flammable materials such as dry . Do not push or tow your vehicle to even if under-inflation has not reached the level
grass, waste paper or rags. They start the engine. to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
may ignite and cause a fire. pressure telltale.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TEM (TPMS) TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the
CAUTION system is not operating properly. The TPMS
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), malfunction indicator is combined with the low
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos- should be checked monthly when cold and tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a
its from leaded gasoline will ser- inflated to the inflation pressure recommended malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
iously reduce the three-way by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle mately one minute and then remain continuously
catalysts ability to help reduce ex- placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
haust pollutants. vehicle has tires of a different size than the size subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation malfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-
. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- pressure label, you should determine the proper
functions in the ignition, fuel injec- cator is illuminated, the system may not be able
tire inflation pressure for those tires.) to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
tion, or electrical systems can cause
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of
overrich fuel flow into the three-way reasons, including the installation of replace-
been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
not keep driving if the engine mis- pressure telltale when one or more of your tires that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor- is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale
mance or other unusual operating the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
conditions are detected. Have the should stop and check your tires as soon as your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
Starting and driving 5-3
alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to sure warning light in the 2. Instruments and . When a spare tire is mounted or a
continue to function properly. controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MON- wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
ITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) in the 6. In case of function and the low tire pressure
Additional information emergency section.
warning light will flash for approxi-
. The TPMS does not monitor the tire
mately 1 minute. The light will
pressure of the spare tire. WARNING remain on after 1 minute. Contact
. The TPMS will activate only when the your NISSAN dealer as soon as
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH . If the low tire pressure warning light
possible for tire replacement and/
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
or system resetting.
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a den steering maneuvers or abrupt
flat tire while driving). braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull . Replacing tires with those not ori-
off the road to a safe location and ginally specified by NISSAN could
. The low tire pressure warning light does not affect the proper operation of the
stop the vehicle as soon as possi-
automatically turn off when the tire pressure TPMS.
is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the ble. Driving with under-inflated tires
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be may permanently damage the tires . Do not inject any tire liquid or
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) and increase the likelihood of tire aerosol tire sealant into the tires,
to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire failure. Serious vehicle damage as this may cause a malfunction of
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure could occur and may lead to an the tire pressure sensors.
gauge to check the tire pressure. accident and could result in serious
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on personal injury. Check the tire pres-
the heat caused by the vehicles operation sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire CAUTION
and the outside temperature. Low outside pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and . The TPMS may not function properly
temperature can lower the temperature of
Loading Information label to turn when the wheels are equipped with
the air inside the tire which can cause a
lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light tire chains or the wheels are buried
the low tire pressure warning light to OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it in snow.
illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in with a spare tire as soon as possi- . Do not place metalized film or any
low ambient temperature, check the tire ble. (See FLAT TIRE in the 6. In metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
pressure for all four tires. case of emergency section for windows. This may cause poor re-
For additional information, see Low tire pres- changing a flat tire.) ception of the signals from the tire
5-4 Starting and driving
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- significantly more likely to be injured or
not function properly. OVER killed than a person properly wearing a
seat belt.
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily WARNING
interfere with the operation of the TPMS and
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
cause the low tire pressure warning light to
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
illuminate. Some examples are: and prudent manner may result in loss Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
. Facilities or electric devices using similar of control or an accident.
radio frequencies are near the vehicle. They have higher ground clearance than pas-
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey senger cars to make them capable of performing
. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, in a variety of on-pavement and off-road
being used in or near the vehicle. high speed cornering, or sudden steering applications. This gives them a higher center of
maneuvers, because these driving practices
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/ could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.
gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of
AC converter is being used in or near the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
As with any vehicle, a loss of control could road, allowing you to anticipate problems.
vehicle. result in a collision with other vehicles or However, they are not designed for cornering
FCC Notice: objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, at the same speeds as conventional passenger
particularly if the loss of control causes the cars any more than low-slung sports cars are
Changes or modifications not expressly vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all
approved by the party responsible for designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road
times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
compliance could void the users authority when under the influence of alcohol or drugs
to operate the equipment. abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.
(including prescription or over-the-counter As with other vehicles of this type, failure to
This device complies with Part 15 of the drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana- wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help
da. BELTS in the 1. Safety Seats, seat belts and reduce the risk of injury in collisions and
supplemental restraint system section of this rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or
Operation is subject to the following two manual, and also instruct your passengers to do improperly belted person is significantly more
conditions: (1) This device may not cause so. likely to be injured or killed than a person
harmful interference, and (2) this device properly wearing a seat belt.
must accept any interference received, Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
including interference that may cause un- collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an Be sure to read DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-
desired operation of the device. unbelted or improperly belted person is TIONS later in this section.
Starting and driving 5-5
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS vehicle. If you drive up them, you
DRIVING Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and may stall. If you drive down them,
off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep you may not be able to control your
WARNING water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly speed. If you drive across them, you
designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional may roll over.
Never drive under the influence of off-road vehicle. . Do not shift ranges while driving on
alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood- Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod- downhill grades as this could cause
stream reduces coordination, delays els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive loss of control of the vehicle.
reaction time and impairs judgement. (AWD) models for rough road driving and
Driving after drinking alcohol increases . Stay alert when driving to the top of
extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or
the likelihood of being involved in an a hill. At the top there could be a
the like.
accident injuring yourself and others. drop-off or other hazard that could
Please observe the following precautions: cause an accident.
Additionally, if you are injured in an
accident, alcohol can increase the se- . If your engine stalls or you cannot
verity of the injury. WARNING make it to the top of a steep hill,
never attempt to turn around. Your
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, . Drive carefully when off the road vehicle could tip or roll over. Always
you must choose not to drive under the influence and avoid dangerous areas. Every back straight down in R (Reverse)
of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are person who drives or rides in this range. Never back down in N (Neu-
injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. vehicle should be seated with their tral), using only the brake, as this
Although the local laws vary on what is seat belt fastened. This will keep
considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is could cause loss of control.
you and your passengers in position
that alcohol affects all people differently and when driving over rough terrain. . Heavy braking going down a hill
most people underestimate the effects of could cause your brakes to overheat
alcohol. . Do not drive across steep slopes. and fade, resulting in loss of control
Instead drive either straight up or and an accident. Apply brakes
Remember, drinking and driving dont mix! And straight down the slopes. Off-road
that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, lightly and use a low range to
vehicles can tip over sideways much control your speed.
prescription, and illegal drugs). Dont drive if
more easily than they can forward or
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by
backward. . Unsecured cargo can be thrown
alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. around when driving over rough
. Many hills are too steep for any
5-6 Starting and driving
terrain. Properly secure all cargo so center of gravity, your NISSAN is movement which could result in
it will not be thrown forward and more affected by strong side winds. serious vehicle damage or personal
cause injury to you or your passen- Slower speeds ensure better vehicle injury. (AWD models)
gers. control. . When a wheel is off the ground due
. To avoid raising the center of gravity . Do not drive beyond the perfor- to an unlevel surface, do not spin
excessively, do not exceed the rated mance capability of the tires, even the wheel excessively.
capacity of the roof rack (if so with AWD engaged. . Accelerating quickly, sharp steering
equipped) and evenly distribute the . For AWD equipped vehicles, do not maneuvers or sudden braking may
load. Secure heavy loads in the attempt to raise two wheels off the cause loss of control.
cargo area as far forward and as ground and shift the transmission to . If at all possible, avoid sharp turning
low as possible. Do not equip the any drive or reverse position with maneuvers, particularly at high
vehicle with tires larger than speci- the engine running. Doing so may speeds. Your vehicle has a higher
fied in this manual. This could cause result in drivetrain damage or un- center of gravity than a conventional
your vehicle to roll over. expected vehicle movement which passenger car. The vehicle is not
. Do not grip the inside or spokes of could result in serious vehicle da- designed for cornering at the same
the steering wheel when driving off- mage or personal injury. speeds as conventional passenger
road. The steering wheel could . Do not attempt to test an AWD cars. Failure to operate this vehicle
move suddenly and injure your equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy- correctly could result in loss of
hands. Instead drive with your fin- namometer (such as the dynam- control and/or a rollover accident.
gers and thumbs on the outside of ometers used by some states for . Always use tires of the same type,
the rim. emissions testing), or similar equip- size, brand, construction (bias, bias-
. Before operating the vehicle, ensure ment even if the other two wheels belted or radial), and tread pattern
that the driver and all passengers are raised off the ground. Make sure on all four wheels. Install tire chains
have their seat belts fastened. you inform test facility personnel on the front wheels when driving on
. Always drive with the floor mats in that your vehicle is equipped with slippery roads and drive carefully.
place as the floor may became hot. AWD before it is placed on a
. Be sure to check the brakes imme-
dynamometer. Using the wrong test
. Lower your speed when encounter- diately after driving in mud or water.
equipment may result in drivetrain
ing strong crosswinds. With a higher See BRAKE SYSTEM later in this
damage or unexpected vehicle
Starting and driving 5-7
SSD0436
Operating range
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is
within the specified operating range * 1 .
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft lightly turning the steering wheel right and
steering lock device. left. (See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY in the 2. Instruments and con-
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition trols section.)
switch position cannot be switched to LOCK
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park) If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
position. the push-button ignition switch cannot be
turned from the LOCK position.
When the ignition switch cannot be pushed
toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows: Some indicators and warnings for operation are
displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display
1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park) between the speedometer and tachometer. (See
position. DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. the 2. Instruments and controls section.)
SSD0688 3. Open the door. The ignition switch will PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
change to the LOCK position. POSITIONS
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
The selector lever can be moved from the P LOCK (Normal parking position)
OPERATION
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in The ignition switch can only be locked in this
When the ignition switch is pushed without the ON position and the brake pedal is position.
depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch depressed.
position will change as follows: The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is
In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it pushed to the ACC position while carrying the
. Push center once to change to ACC. must be turned about 1/8 of a right or left turn Intelligent Key or with the key inserted in the
from the straight up position.
. Push center two times to change to ON. port.
To lock the steering wheel, push the
. Push center three times to change to OFF. ignition switch to the OFF position. To
ACC (Accessories)
(No position illuminates.) unlock the steering wheel, push the igni- This position activates electrical accessories
. Push center four times to return to ACC. tion switch. If the steering lock release such as the radio, when the engine is not
malfunction indicator appears on the dot running.
. Open or close any door to return to LOCK matrix liquid crystal display, push the
during the OFF position. push-button ignition switch again while
ON (Normal operating position) the key port, the guide light will blink.
This position turns on the ignition system and Battery discharge:
electrical accessories.
If the battery of the key is almost discharged, the
OFF guide light * B of the key port * A blinks and
The engine can be turned off without locking the the indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid
steering wheel. crystal display. (See DOT MATRIX LIQUID
CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2. Instruments and
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition controls section.)
switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park) To replace the battery, see BATTERY REPLA-
position. CEMENT in the 8. Maintenance and do-it-
yourself section.
CAUTION Models with Intelligent Key system
SSD0690
Do not leave the vehicle with the push- Intelligent Key battery discharge:
button ignition switch in ACC or ON KEY PORT
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost
positions when the engine is not run- Models without Intelligent Key system discharged, the guide light * B of the key port
ning for an extended period. This can Be sure to insert the key into the key port * 1 * A blinks and the indicator appears on the dot
discharge the battery. before pushing the ignition switch. Make sure matrix liquid crystal display. (See DOT MATRIX
that the key ring side faces backward as LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2. Instru-
illustrated. Insert the key in the port until it is ments and controls section.)
latched and secured. In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into the
To remove the key from the port, push the port * 1 allows you to start the engine. Make
ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the sure that the key ring side faces backward as
key out of the port. illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port
until it is latched and secured.
While the door is opened, and for 15 seconds
after the door is closed, the guide light *
B of To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push
the key port *A illuminates. the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull
the Intelligent Key out of the port.
If the ignition switch is pushed without the key in
Starting and driving 5-11
NOTE: . Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake.
The key port does not charge the key clear.
2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
battery. If you see the low battery indicator . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
in the dot matrix liquid crystal display, ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as
replace the battery as soon as possible. frequently as possible, or at least whenever The starter is designed not to operate unless
(See BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8. you refuel. the selector lever is in either of the above
Maintenance and do-it-yourself section.) positions.
. Check that all windows and lights are clean.
3. Insert the key into the key port. (Without the
CAUTION . Visually inspect tires for their appearance Intelligent Key System)
and condition. Also check tires for proper
. Never place anything except the key inflation. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
in the key port. Doing so may cause Depress the brake pedal and push the
damage to the equipment. . Lock all doors. ignition switch to start the engine.
. Make sure the key is in the correct . Position seat and adjust head restraints. To start the engine immediately, push and
direction when inserting it to the release the ignition switch while depressing
. Adjust inside and outside mirrors. the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
key port. The engine may not start if
it is in the incorrect direction. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to any position.
do likewise. . If the engine is very hard to start in
. Remove the key from the key port
after the ignition switch is pushed to . Check the operation of warning lights when extremely cold weather or when restart-
the ignition switch is pushed to the ON ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little
the OFF position.
position. (See WARNING/INDICATOR (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in while holding, crank the engine. Release
the 2. Instruments and controls section.) the accelerator pedal when the engine
starts.
. If the engine is very hard to start
because it is flooded, depress the
accelerator pedal all the way to the floor
and hold it. Push the ignition switch to
the ON position to start cranking the
engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop
5-12 Starting and driving
cranking by pushing the ignition switch 5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever to CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-
to OFF. After cranking the engine, the P (Park) position and push the ignition MISSION (CVT)
release the accelerator pedal. Crank switch to the OFF position.
the engine with your foot off the The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
accelerator pedal by depressing the in your vehicle is electronically controlled to
brake pedal and pushing the push- produce maximum power and smooth operation.
button ignition switch to start the engine. The recommended operating procedures for this
If the engine starts, but fails to run, transmission are shown on the following pages.
repeat the above procedure. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
performance and driving enjoyment.
CAUTION Engine power may be automatically re-
Do not operate the starter for more duced to protect the CVT if the engine
than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine speed increases quickly when driving on
slippery roads or while being tested on
does not start, push the ignition switch
some dynamometers.
to OFF and wait 10 seconds before
cranking again, otherwise the starter Starting the vehicle
could be damaged. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
foot brake pedal before moving the selector
4. Warm-up lever out of the P (Park) position.
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 This CVT is designed so that the foot
seconds after starting. Do not race the brake pedal must be depressed before
engine while warming it up. Drive at shifting from P (Park) to any driving
moderate speed for a short distance first, position while the ignition switch is in
especially in cold weather. In cold weather, the ON position.
keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -
3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and The selector lever cannot be moved out
stopping the engine over a short period of of the P (Park) position and into any of
time may make the vehicle more difficult to the other positions if the ignition
start. switch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF or
ACC position.
Starting and driving 5-13
R (Reverse):
WARNING
Use this position to back up. Make sure the
Apply the parking brake if the selector vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
lever is in any position while the engine the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal
is not running. Failure to do so could must be depressed and the selector lever
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly button pushed in to move the selector
lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any
or roll away and result in serious
driving position to R (Reverse).
personal injury or property damage.
N (Neutral):
PARKING BRAKE
suitable tool.
5. Push the selector lever button *C and move
WARNING
the selector lever to the N (Neutral) position . Be sure the parking brake is fully
*D while holding down the shift lock released before driving. Failure to
release.
do so can cause brake failure and
Push the ignition switch to the ON position to lead to an accident.
unlock the steering wheel. The vehicle may be . Do not release the parking brake
moved to the desired location. from outside the vehicle.
If the battery is discharged completely, the . Do not use the gear shift in place of
steering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not the parking brake. When parking, be
move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked. sure the parking brake is fully
Replace the removed shift lock release cover engaged.
after the operation. SPA2331
. Do not leave children unattended in
If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the a vehicle. They could release the To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal
P (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check parking brake and cause an acci- *1 .
the CVT system as soon as possible. dent.
To release:
CRUISE CONTROL
switch and release it. Take your foot off the canceled. To resume the preset speed, push and
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.
set speed. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one The vehicle will resume the last set cruising
of the following methods: speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH
. To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the . Depress the accelerator pedal. When the (40 km/h).
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
set speed. release the SET/COAST switch.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed . Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, switch. When the vehicle attains the desired
drive without the cruise control. speed, release the switch.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the . Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
following methods: ACCELERATE switch. Each time you do
this, the set speed will increase by about 1
a) Push the CANCEL switch. MPH (1.6 km/h).
b) Tap the brake pedal. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE lights
will turn off. . Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
. If you depress the brake pedal while pushing SET/COAST switch and release it.
the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/
COAST switch and reset at the cruising . Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.
speed, the cruise control will disengage. Release the switch when the vehicle slows
Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn down to the desired speed.
it on again.
. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST
. The cruise control will automatically cancel if switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13 will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
km/h) below the set speed.
. If you move the selector lever to the N
(Neutral) position, the cruise control will be
Starting and driving 5-19
. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain . Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
CAUTION cruising speeds with a constant accelerator (See ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER
position. RECOMMENDATION in the 9. Technical
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), and consumer information section.)
. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
follow these recommendations to ob-
Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.
tain maximum engine performance and
ensure the future reliability and econo- . Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
my of your new vehicle. Failure to Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.
follow these recommendations may . Select a gear range suitable to road condi-
result in shortened engine life and tions.
reduced engine performance.
. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.
. Avoid driving for long periods at constant
. Keep your engine tuned up.
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the
engine over 4,000 rpm. . Follow the recommended periodic mainte-
nance schedule.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
. Keep the tires inflated to the correct
. Avoid quick starts.
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire
. Avoid hard braking as much as possible. wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles . Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
(800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts Improper alignment increases tire wear and
could be damaged. lowers fuel economy.
. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-
omy. Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
. When cruising at highway speeds, it is more
economical to use the air conditioner and
leave the windows closed to reduce drag.
LOCK mode
WARNING The AWD LOCK indicator light will
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not illuminate.
attempt to raise two wheels off the AUTO mode
ground and shift the transmission to The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.
any drive or reverse position with
the engine running. Doing so may AWD
result in drivetrain damage or un- AWD LOCK Use condi-
Wheel driven
expected vehicle movement which mode indica- tions
tor light
could result in serious vehicle da-
mage or personal injury. Distribution of tor-
que to the front and
. Do not attempt to test an AWD rear wheels changes
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy- SSD0418 automatically, de-
For driving
namometer (such as the dynam- pending on road
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCK Turns on paved
ometers used by some states for AUTO conditions encoun-
off. or slippery
emissions testing) or similar equip- SWITCH OPERATIONS tered
roads
ment even if the other two wheels [100:0] [50:50].
The AWD LOCK switch located on the lower This results in im-
are raised off the ground. Make sure side of the instrument panel. This switch is used proved driving stabi-
that you inform the test facility to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending lity.*1
personnel that your vehicle is on the driving conditions.
AWD For driving
equipped with AWD before it is Each time you push the lower part of the switch LOCK All-wheel drive*2, *3 LOCK on rough
placed on a dynamometer. Using *A , the AWD mode will switch: roads
the wrong test equipment may re- AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.
sult in drivetrain damage or unex- *1: When the rotation difference between the
pected vehicle movement which front and rear wheels is large, the AWD
could result in serious vehicle da- mode may change from AUTO to LOCK for
mage or personal injury. a while, however, this is not a malfunction.
CAUTION
. If the warning light remains on after
the above operation, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
as soon as possible.
. If the warning light comes on while
driving there may be a malfunction
in the AWD system. Reduce the
vehicle speed and have your vehicle
Starting and driving 5-23
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) Tire and Loading Information may result in increased stopping dis-
label. See TIRE AND LOADING tances.
WARNING INFORMATION LABEL in the 9.
Technical and consumer infor- Self-test feature
. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) mation section of this manual. The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
is a sophisticated device, but it For detailed information, see pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
cannot prevent accidents resulting WHEELS AND TIRES in the computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
from careless or dangerous driving 8. Maintenance and do-it-your- tests the system each time you start the engine
techniques. It can help maintain and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
self section of this manual.
vehicle control during braking on or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the
slippery surfaces. Remember that
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard brake pedal. This is normal and does not
stopping distances on slippery sur- indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses
faces will be longer than on normal braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.
The system detects the rotation speed at each a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and
surfaces even with ABS. Stopping illuminates the ABS warning light on the
wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to
distances may also be longer on instrument panel. The brake system then oper-
prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By
rough, gravel or snow covered preventing each wheel from locking, the system ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
roads, or if you are using tire chains. helps the driver maintain steering control and If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
Always maintain a safe distance helps to minimize swerving and spinning on self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
from the vehicle in front of you. slippery surfaces. checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Ultimately, the driver is responsible
for safety. Using the system Normal operation
. Tire type and condition may also Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
affect braking effectiveness.
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The road conditions.
When replacing tires, install the ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from
specified size of tires on all four locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
wheels. are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
When installing a spare tire, WARNING action is similar to pumping the brakes very
make sure that it is the proper quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
size and type as specified on the Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or
5-26 Starting and driving
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is When accelerating or driving on slippery sur- wheel. If the vehicle is operated with the VDC
operating. This is normal and indicates that the faces, the tires may spin or slide. With the OFF switch pushed and the VDC system turned
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa- Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system, sensors off, all VDC systems will be turned off. The
tion may indicate that road conditions are detect these movements and control the braking ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the
hazardous and extra care is required while and engine output to help improve vehicle VDC system off. If the ABLS system is activated,
driving. stability. the SLIP indicator will blink and you may hear a
clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
. When the VDC system is operating, the
pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a
SLIP indicator in the instrument panel
malfunction.
blinks.
While the VDC system is operating, you may feel
. If the SLIP indicator blinks, the road
a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise
conditions are slippery. Be sure to adjust
or feel a vibration from under the hood. This is
your speed and driving to these conditions.
normal and indicates that the VDC system is
Be sure to drive carefully. (See Slip
working properly.
indicator light in the 2. Instruments and
controls section, and Vehicle Dynamic The VDC system computer has a built-in
Control (VDC) off indicator light in the 2. diagnostic feature that tests the system each
Instruments and controls section.) time you start the engine and move the vehicle at
a low speed forward or backward. When the
. Indicator light
self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.
illuminate in the instrument panel. As long
as these indicators are illuminated, the VDC WARNING
system function is canceled.
The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited . The VDC system is designed to help
Slip (ABLS) function to improve vehicle traction. improve driving stability but does
The ABLS system works when one of the driving not prevent accidents due to abrupt
wheels is spinning on a slippery surface. The steering operation at high speeds or
ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel, which due to careless or dangerous driv-
distributes the driving power to the other drive ing techniques. Reduce vehicle
speed and be especially careful . When driving on extremely inclined FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
when driving and cornering on slip- surfaces such as higher banked To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
pery surfaces and always drive care- corners, the VDC system may not deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes
fully. operate properly and the VDC OFF frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the
. Do not modify the vehicles suspen- indicator or SLIP indicator or both key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.
sion. If suspension parts such as indicator lights may illuminate. Do
not drive on these types of roads. ANTI-FREEZE
shock absorbers, struts, springs,
stabilizer bars and bushings and . When driving on unstable surfaces In the winter when it is anticipated that the
wheels are not NISSAN approved such as a turntable, ferry, elevator outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),
or are extremely deteriorated the or ramp, the VDC OFF indicator or check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter
VDC system may not operate prop- SLIP indicator or both indicator protection. For additional information, see EN-
GINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8. Main-
erly. This could adversely affect lights may illuminate. This is not a
tenance and do-it-yourself section.
vehicle handling performance, and malfunction. Restart the engine
the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP after driving onto a stable surface. BATTERY
indicator or both indicator lights . If wheels or tires other than those If the battery is not fully charged during
may illuminate. recommended are used, the VDC extremely cold weather conditions, the battery
. If brake related parts such as brake system may not operate properly fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To
pads, rotors and calipers are not and VDC OFF indicator or SLIP maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should
standard equipment or are extre- indicator or both indicator lights be checked regularly. For additional information,
mely deteriorated, the VDC OFF may illuminate. see BATTERY in the 8. Maintenance and do-
indicator or SLIP indicator or both it-yourself section.
. The VDC system is not a substitute
indicator lights may illuminate. for winter tires or tire chains on a DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
. If engine related parts such as snow covered road.
muffler are not standard equipment If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the
or are extremely deteriorated, the
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.
VDC OFF indicator or SLIP in- For details, see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
dicator or both indicator lights may in the 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself
illuminate. section.
TIRE EQUIPMENT SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT will lose even more traction.
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide It is recommended that the following items be . Allow more stopping distance under
superior performance on dry pavement. How- carried in the vehicle during winter: these conditions. Braking should be
ever, the performance of these tires will be started sooner than on dry pave-
substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi- . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
ice and snow from the windows and wiper ment.
tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy
roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & blades. . Allow greater following distances
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the on slippery roads.
Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, jack to give it firm support. . Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
speed rating and availability information. These may appear on an otherwise
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-
For additional traction on icy roads, studded drifts. clear road in shaded areas. If a
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states patch of ice is seen ahead, brake
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. . Extra window washer fluid to refill the before reaching it. Try not to brake
Check local, state and provincial laws before reservoir tank. while on the ice, and avoid any
installing studded tires. sudden steering maneuvers.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
Skid and traction capabilities of studded . Do not use cruise control on slip-
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be pery roads.
poorer than that of non-studded snow WARNING
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
tires.
. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain), gases under your vehicle. Keep
Tire chains may be used. For details, see TIRE very cold snow or ice can be slick snow clear of the exhaust pipe and
CHAINS in the 8. Maintenance and do-it- and very hard to drive on. The from around your vehicle.
yourself section of this manual. vehicle will have much less traction
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model or grip under these conditions. Try ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so
to avoid driving on wet ice until the equipped)
If you install snow tires, they must also be the
road is salted or sanded. Engine block heaters are available through
same size, brand, construction and tread pattern
on all four wheels. . Whatever the condition, drive with NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature
caution. Accelerate and slow down starting. The engine block heater should be
with care. If accelerating or down- used when the outside temperature is 208F
shifting too fast, the drive wheels (78C) or lower.
Starting and driving 5-29
To use the engine block heater starting the engine. Damage to the
1. Turn the engine off. cord could result in an electrical
shock and can cause serious injury.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
block heater cord. . Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
extension cord rated for at least
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a 10A. Plug the extension cord into a
grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord. Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.
Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110- Failure to use the proper extension
volt AC (VAC) outlet. cord or a grounded outlet can result
in a fire or electrical shock and
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in
for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on cause serious personal injury.
outside temperatures, to properly warm the
engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to
turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
properly store the cord to keep it away from
moving parts.
WARNING
. Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical sys-
tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You can
be seriously injured by an electrical
shock if you use an ungrounded
connection.
. Disconnect and properly store the
engine block heater cord before
5-30 Starting and driving
6 In case of emergency
FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- could occur and may lead to an CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
TEM (TPMS) accident and could result in serious If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure personal injury. Check the tire pres- below.
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure of all tires except the spare. When pressure to the recommended COLD Stopping the vehicle
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or tire pressure shown on the Tire and 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Loading Information label to turn away from traffic.
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire the low tire pressure warning light 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This with a spare tire as soon as possi- 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
system will activate only when the vehicle is ble. brake. Move the selector lever to the P
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For (Park) position.
more details, see WARNING/INDICATOR . When a spare tire is mounted or a
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not 4. Turn off the engine.
2. Instruments and controls section and TIRE function and the low tire pressure 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) warning light will flash for approxi- signal professional road assistance person-
in the 5. Starting and driving section. mately 1 minute. The light will nel that you need assistance.
remain on after 1 minute. Contact
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
WARNING your NISSAN dealer as soon as
and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
possible for tire replacement and/ and clear of the vehicle.
. If the low tire pressure warning light or system resetting.
illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
. Replacing tires with those not ori- WARNING
den steering maneuvers or abrupt
ginally specified by NISSAN could
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
affect the proper operation of the . Make sure the parking brake is
off the road to a safe location and
TPMS. securely applied and the transmis-
stop the vehicle as soon as possi-
. Do not inject any tire liquid or sion is shifted into the P (Park)
ble. Driving with under-inflated tires
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, position.
may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire as this may cause a malfunction of . Never change tires when the vehicle
failure. Serious vehicle damage the tire pressure sensors. is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
This is hazardous.
6-2 In case of emergency
. Never change tires if oncoming Getting the spare tire and tools
traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait 1. Open the lift gate.
for professional road assistance.
2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).
(See CARGO COVER in the 2. Instru-
ments and controls section.)
3. Open the cargo floor board.
(See CARGO FLOOR BOX in the 2.
Instruments and controls section.)
MCE0001A
Blocking wheels
Place suitable blocks * 1 at both the front and
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is
jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the
vehicle may move and result in personal
injury.
4. Type A:
Remove the cargo floor boards.
Type B:
Turn the clips counterclockwise and remove
the cargo floor box.
SCE0728 SCE0713
Type A Type B
5. Type B:
Remove the strap from the back side of the
board * 1 , and hang it on the opening of the
lift gate *2 .
SCE0715
Type B and C
Jacking up the vehicle and removing the Carefully read the caution label attached
damaged tire to the jack body and the following instruc-
tions.
WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
on other vehicles. The jack is de-
SCE0572
signed for lifting only your vehicle Jack-up point
during a tire change. 1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
. Use the correct jack-up points. point as illustrated so the top of the jack
Never use any other part of the contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
vehicle for jack support. Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
. Never jack up the vehicle more than Also fit the groove of the jack head between
necessary. the notches as shown.
. Never use blocks on or under the The jack should be used on level firm
jack. ground.
. Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack, as it may
cause the vehicle to move.
. Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
SCE0751 SCE0039
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by Installing the spare tire
turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut The spare tire is designed for emergency
wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts use. (See specific instructions under the
until the tire is off the ground. heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself section.)
3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever
and rod with both hands as shown above. 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears between the wheel and hub.
the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and
then remove the tire. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
the wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all the
wheel nuts contact the wheel surface
horizontally.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel
nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence
as illustrated (*
1 ,*2 ,* 3 ,* 4 ,* 5 ), more
than 2 times, until they are tight. tened to specifications at each lubrica- spare tire are designed for emer-
tion interval. gency use. See specific instructions
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD under the heading WHEELS AND
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely pressure. TIRES in the 8. Maintenance and
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the do-it-yourself section.
vehicle completely. COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for
WARNING three hours or more or driven less than
1 mile (1.6 km).
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
COLD tire pressures are shown on the
tightened wheel nuts can cause the Tire and Loading Information label
wheel to become loose or come off. affixed to the driver side center pillar.
This could cause an accident.
. Do not use oil or grease on the Stowing the damaged tire and the tools
wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and
cause the nuts to become loose. tools in the storage area.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the 2. Replace the cargo box.
vehicle has been driven for 600 3. Close the cargo floor board.
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a
flat tire, etc.). 4. Close the lift gate.
JUMP STARTING
To start your engine with a booster battery, the protectors (for example, goggles or
instructions and precautions below must be industrial safety spectacles) and
followed.
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
WARNING battery when jump starting.
. If done incorrectly, jump starting . Do not attempt to jump start a
can lead to a battery explosion, frozen battery. It could explode
resulting in severe injury or death. and cause serious injury.
It could also damage your vehicle. . Your vehicle has an automatic en-
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always gine cooling fan. It could come on at
present in the vicinity of the battery. any time. Keep hands and other
Keep all sparks and flames away objects away from it.
from the battery. SCE0719
. Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing WARNING
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulfuric acid solution Always follow the instructions below.
which can cause severe burns. If Failure to do so could result in damage
the fluid should come into contact to the charging system and cause
with anything, immediately flush the personal injury.
contacted area with water.
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
. Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
* B , position the two vehicles (* A and * B )
to bring their batteries into close proximity to
. The booster battery must be rated at each other.
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
battery can damage your vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selector
. Whenever working on or near a
lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all
battery, always wear suitable eye
In case of emergency 6-9
PUSH STARTING
unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea- 6. Keep the engine speed of the booster Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
ter, air conditioner, etc.). vehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and start
the engine of the vehicle *
A being jump
CAUTION
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so started.
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly
wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion Continuously Variable Transmission
hazard. CAUTION (CVT) models cannot be push-started
or tow-started. Attempting to do so may
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as Do not keep the starter motor engaged cause transmission damage.
illustrated (*
1 ? *
2 ? * 3 ? * 4 ). for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
If the battery is disconnected or dis- does not start right away, turn the
charged, the steering wheel will lock ignition switch to the OFF position
and cannot be turned. Supply power and wait 10 seconds before trying
using jumper cables before pushing again.
the ignition switch and disengaging
the steering lock. 7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-
nect the negative cable and then the positive
cable (*4 ? * 3 ? * 2 ? * 1 ).
CAUTION
8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be
. Always connect positive (+) to posi- sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover
tive (+) and negative () to body the vent holes as it may be contaminated
ground (for example, as illustrated), with corrosive acid.
not to the battery.
. Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
metal.
3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for 6. After the engine cools down, check the
CAUTION steam or coolant escaping from the radiator coolant level in the reservoir tank with the
before opening the hood. (If steam or engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir
. Do not continue to drive if your coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired
vehicle overheats. Doing so could Do not open the hood further until no steam at a NISSAN dealer.
cause engine damage or a vehicle or coolant can be seen.
fire. 4. Open the engine hood.
. To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never remove the radiator WARNING
cap while the engine is still hot.
When the radiator cap is removed, If steam or water is coming from the
pressurized hot water will spurt out, engine, stand clear to prevent getting
possibly causing serious injury. burned.
. Do not open the hood if steam is
5. Visually check drive belts for damage or
coming out. looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
running. The radiator hoses and radiator
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,
extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if the water pump belt is missing or loose, or
you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal the cooling fan does not run, stop the
noise, etc., take the following steps: engine.
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply
the parking brake and move the selector WARNING
lever to the P (Park) position.
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
Do not stop the engine.
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the with, or get caught in, engine belts or
windows, move the heater or air conditioner the engine cooling fan. The engine
temperature control to maximum hot and fan cooling fan can start at any time.
control to high speed.
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in For information about towing your vehicle behind
Canada) and local regulations for towing must a recreational vehicle (RV), see FLAT TOW-
be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could ING in the 9. Technical and consumer
damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are information section of this manual.
available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service
operators are familiar with the applicable laws
and procedures for towing. To assure proper
towing and to prevent accidental damage to
your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you
have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is
advisable to have the service operator carefully
read the following precautions.
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working con-
dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-
lies must be used.
. Always attach safety chains before
towing.
SCE0438
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY or backward), as this may cause
NISSAN serious and expensive damage to
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models the transmission. If it is necessary to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the raised, always use towing dollies
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as under the front wheels.
illustrated. . When towing CVT models with the
front wheels on towing dollies:
CAUTION . Push the ignition switch to the
ACC or ON position, and secure
. Never tow Continuously Variable the steering wheel in a straight-
Transmission (CVT) models with ahead position with a rope or
the front wheels on the ground or similar device. Never secure the
four wheels on the ground (forward steering wheel by pushing the
In case of emergency 6-13
SCE0439
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or place the
vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
SCE0717
Never tow AWD models with any of the Front
wheels on the ground as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
powertrain.
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. CAUTION hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle . Do not use car washes that use acid must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the
as soon as you can: in the detergent. Some car washes, drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage especially brushless ones, use some open. Spray water under the body and in the
from acid rain acid for cleaning. The acid may react wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
with some plastic vehicle compo- road salt.
. after driving on coastal roads
nents, causing them to crack. This Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
. when contaminants such as soot, bird could affect their appearance, and by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs also could cause them not to func-
get on the paint surface tion properly. Always check with WAXING
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface your car wash to confirm that acid Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
is not used. helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong is recommended to remove built-up wax residue
inside a garage or in a covered area. and to avoid a weathered appearance before
household soap, strong chemical
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a detergents, gasoline or solvents. reapplying wax.
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
cover. proper product.
sunlight or while the vehicle body is
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface hot, as the surface may become . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
when putting on or removing the body water-spotted. washing. Follow the instructions supplied
cover.
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough with the wax.
WASHING cloths, such as washing mitts. Care . Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
must be taken when removing cutting compounds or cleaners that may
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly damage the vehicle finish.
stances so the paint surface is not
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with scratched or damaged.
base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. finish or leave swirl marks.
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean
water.
7-2 Appearance and care
CLEANING INTERIOR
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum on meter or gauge lens covers. It
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and
may damage the lens cover.
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-
pened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
with a dry soft cloth. FLOOR MATS
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the
maintain the appearance of the leather. life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to
clean the interior. No matter what mats are
Before using any fabric protector, read the used, be sure they are fitted for your
manufacturers recommendations. Some fabric vehicle and are properly positioned in the
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or footwell to prevent interference with pedal
bleach the seat material. operation. Mats should be maintained with
regular cleaning and replaced if they become
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean
excessively worn. SAI0038
the meter and gauge lens.
Floor mat positioning aid
CAUTION This model includes front floor mat brackets to
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
. Never use benzine, thinner, or any mats have been specially designed for your
similar material. vehicle model. The front floor mats have
. Small dirt particles can be abrasive grommet holes in them. To install, simply
and damaging to the leather sur- position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
faces and should be removed through the floor mat grommet hole while
centering the mat in the floor pan contour.
promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning are properly positioned.
fluids, solvents, detergents or am-
monia-based cleaners as they may
damage the leathers natural finish.
. Only use fabric protectors approved
by NISSAN.
7-4 Appearance and care
CORROSION PROTECTION
Your new NISSAN has been designed to have Performing general maintenance checks re- During the normal day-to-day operation of the
minimum maintenance requirements with long quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few vehicle, general maintenance should be per-
service intervals to save you both time and general automotive tools. formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
money. However, some day-to-day and regular you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
maintenance is essential to maintain your These checks or inspections can be done by smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a
NISSANs fine mechanical condition, as well yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
as its emission and engine performance. NISSAN dealer. should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
repairs are required.
It is the owners responsibility to make sure that WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
the scheduled maintenance, as well as general When performing any checks or maintenance
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle
maintenance, is performed. work, see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
appears to malfunction, have the systems
later in this section.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.
can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists
maintenance. You are a vital link in the main- ITEMS
and are kept up-to-date with the latest service
tenance chain.
information through technical bulletins, service Additional information on the following
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE tips, and in-dealership information systems. items with * is found later in this section.
They are completely qualified to work on
For your convenience, both required and op- NISSAN vehicles before work begins. Outside the vehicle
tional scheduled maintenance items are de-
You can be confident that a NISSAN dealers The maintenance items listed here should be
scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and
service department performs the best job to performed from time to time, unless otherwise
Maintenance Guide. You must refer to that
meet the maintenance requirements on your specified.
guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is
performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals. vehicle in a reliable and economical way. Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors
and the engine hood operate properly. Also
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate
General maintenance includes those items hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if
which should be checked during normal day- necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch
to-day operation. They are essential for proper keeps the hood from opening when the primary
vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to latch is released.
perform these procedures regularly as pre- When driving in areas using road salt or other
scribed. corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. For additional information regarding tires, refer Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the War- steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely
operating properly and installed securely. Also ranty Information Booklet. with the selector lever in the P (Park) position
check headlight aim. without applying any brakes.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking basis. Check the windshield at least every six Parking brake: Check the parking brake
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, months for cracks or other damage. Have a operation regularly. The vehicle should be
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if damaged windshield repaired by a qualified securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
necessary. repair facility. parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
adjustment, see a NISSAN dealer.
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks
7,500 miles (12,000 km). or wear if they do not wipe properly. Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often Inside the vehicle and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
and always prior to long distance trips. If The maintenance items listed here should be and are installed securely. Check the belt
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, checked on a regular basis, such as when webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
including the spare, to the pressure specified. performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive the vehicle, etc. Seats: Check seat position controls such as
wear. seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) smooth operation and make sure the pedal securely in every position. Check that the head
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep restraints move up and down smoothly and that
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap the floor mat away from the pedal. the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. latched positions.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
should pull to either side while driving on a down further than normal, the pedal feels steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to hard steering or strange noises.
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
wheel alignment. the floor mat away from the pedal. Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
all warning lights and chimes are operating
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the properly.
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be vehicle to one side when applied.
needed.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3
Windshield defroster: Check that the air Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of those areas where mud and dirt may accumu-
or air conditioner. exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust late. For additional information, see CLEANING
system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See EXTERIOR in the 7. Appearance and care
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND section.
the wipers and washer operate properly and that DRIVING in the 5. Starting and driving
the wipers do not streak. section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
adequate fluid in the reservoir.
Under the hood and vehicle Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,
The maintenance items listed here should be oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
checked periodically (for example, each time you been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
check the engine oil or refuel). air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. check for the cause and have it corrected
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. immediately.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe condition require frequent checks of the Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check
battery fluid level. the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine
off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake cracks, etc.
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on
the reservoir. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
when the engine is cold. hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drive connections.
belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily. Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking posed to corrosive substances such as those
the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to important to remove these substances, other-
drain back into the oil pan. wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or mainte- enclosed space such as a garage, be . Never leave the engine or the CVT
nance work on your vehicle, always take care sure there is proper ventilation for related component harnesses dis-
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
exhaust gases to escape. connected while the ignition switch
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
precautions which should be closely observed. . Never get under the vehicle while it is in the ON position.
is supported only by a jack. If it is . Never connect or disconnect the
WARNING necessary to work under the vehicle, battery or any transistorized com-
support it with safety stands. ponent while the ignition switch is
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, . Keep smoking materials, flame and in the ON position.
apply the parking brake securely sparks away from fuel tank and the . Your vehicle is equipped with an
and block the wheels to prevent battery. automatic engine cooling fan. It may
the vehicle from moving. Move the come on at any time without warn-
. The fuel filter or fuel lines should be
selector lever to P (Park). ing, even if the ignition key is in the
serviced by a NISSAN dealer be-
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the cause the fuel lines are under high OFF position and the engine is not
OFF or LOCK position when per- pressure even when the engine is running. To avoid injury, always
forming any parts replacement or off. disconnect the negative battery
repairs. cable before working near the fan.
. If you must work with the engine
CAUTION This 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself section
running, keep your hands, clothing,
gives instructions regarding only those items
hair and tools away from moving
. Do not work under the hood while which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
fans, belts and any other moving
the engine is hot. Turn the engine A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
parts.
off and wait until it cools down. available. (See OWNERS MANUAL/SERVICE
. It is advisable to secure or remove
. Avoid direct contact with used en- MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9.
any loose clothing and remove any Technical and consumer information section.)
gine oil and coolant. Improperly
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
disposed engine oil, and engine You should be aware that incomplete or
before working on your vehicle.
coolant and/or other vehicle fluids improper servicing may result in operating
. Always wear eye protection when- can damage the environment. Al- difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
ever you work on your vehicle. ways conform to local regulations affect warranty coverage. If in doubt about
. If you must run the engine in an for disposal of vehicle fluid. any servicing, we recommend that it be
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5
SDI2172
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory of 50% anti-freeze and 50% deminer-
with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool- alized or distilled water. The use of
ant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains
other types of coolant solutions may
rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additional
cooling system additives are not necessary. damage the engine cooling system.
Outside Deminera-
WARNING temperature lized water
down to Anti-freeze
. Never remove the radiator or cool- or distilled
ant reservoir cap when the engine is 8C 8F water
hot. Wait until the engine and 35 30 50% 50%
radiator cool down. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.
SDI2173
See precautions in IF YOUR VEHI-
CLE OVERHEATS in the 6. In case CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
of emergency section of this man-
ual. Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
. The radiator is equipped with a the MIN level * 2 , open the reservoir cap and
pressure type radiator cap. To pre- add coolant up to the MAX level * 1 . If the
vent engine damage, use only a reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the
genuine NISSAN radiator cap. radiator when the engine is cold. If there is
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator
with coolant up to the filler opening and also add
CAUTION it to the reservoir up to the MAX level * 1 .
ENGINE OIL
CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and sup-
port points are used to avoid vehicle
damage.
SDI2175 SDI2176
8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.
CAUTION resistance is felt, then tighten additionally Add engine oil if necessary.
more than 2/3 turn.
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the Oil filter tightening torque: After the operation
engine oil is hot. 11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 Nm) 1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
9. Install the plastic cover. 2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
. Waste oil must be disposed of
properly. 10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a
. Check your local regulations.
new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug WARNING
with a wrench.
Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oil Drain plug tightening torque: . Prolonged and repeated contact
filter change is needed. 22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 Nm) with used engine oil may cause skin
cancer.
4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filter Do not use excessive force.
location by removing the small plastic clips . Try to avoid direct skin contact with
as illustrated. 11. Refill engine with recommended oil through used oil. If skin contact is made,
the oil filler opening, and install the oil filler wash thoroughly with soap or hand
5. Loosen the oil filter *
C with an oil filter cap securely. cleaner as soon as possible.
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by
hand. See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED . Keep used engine oil out of reach of
FUEL/LUBRICANTS in the 9. Technical children.
6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface and consumer information section for drain
with a clean rag. and refill capacity. The drain and refill
capacity depends on the oil temperature
CAUTION and drain time. Use these specifications for
reference only. Always use the dipstick to
Be sure to remove any old gasket determine the proper amount of oil in the
material remaining on the mounting engine.
surface of the engine. Failure to do so 12. Start the engine and check for leakage
could lead to engine damage. around the drain plug and the oil filter.
Correct as required.
7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean
engine oil. 13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
POWER STEERING FLUID
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
CAUTION CAUTION
. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid . Do not overfill.
NS-2. Do not mix with other fluids. . Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or
. Using transmission fluid other than equivalent.
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
will damage the CVT, which is not
covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contami-
nated fluid may damage the brake
system. The use of improper fluids
can damage the brake system and
affect the vehicles stopping ability.
. Clean the filler cap before removing. SDI2178 SDI2179
. Brake fluid is poisonous and should Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-
be stored carefully in marked con- below the MIN line * 2 or the brake warning cally. Add window washer fluid when the low
tainers out of the reach of children. light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super window washer fluid warning light illuminates.
Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3
fluid up to the MAX line * 1 . If fluid must be To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the
CAUTION added frequently, the system should be checked cap and pour the window washer fluid into the
by a NISSAN dealer. reservoir opening.
Do not spill the fluid on any painted Add a washer solvent to the water for better
surfaces. This will damage the paint. If cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield
fluid is spilled, immediately wash the washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturers
surface with water. instructions for the mixture ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving
conditions require an increased amount of
window washer fluid.
BATTERY
Recommended fluid: . Keep the battery surface clean and dry. . When working on or near a battery,
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen- Clean the battery with a solution of baking always wear suitable eye protection
trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent soda and water.
and remove all jewelry.
. Make certain the terminal connections are . Battery posts, terminals and related
CAUTION clean and securely tightened. accessories contain lead and lead
. Do not substitute engine anti-freeze . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or compounds. Wash hands after
coolant for window washer solution. longer, disconnect the negative () battery handling.
This may result in damage to the terminal cable to prevent discharging it. . Keep the battery out of the reach of
paint. children.
. Do not fill the window washer WARNING
reservoir tank with washer fluid . Do not expose the battery to flames
concentrates at full strength. Some or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas
methyl alcohol based washer fluid generated by the battery is explo-
concentrates may permanently stain sive. Do not allow battery fluid to
the grille if spilled while filling the contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or
window washer reservoir tank. painted surfaces. After touching a
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates battery or battery cap, do not touch
with water to the manufacturers or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash
recommended levels before pouring your hands. If the acid contacts your
the fluid into the window washer eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
reservoir tank. Do not use the flush with water for at least 15
window washer reservoir tank to minutes and seek medical attention.
mix the washer fluid concentrate . Do not operate the vehicle if the
and water. fluid in the battery is low. Low
battery fluid can cause a higher load
on the battery which can generate
heat, reduce battery life, and in
some cases lead to an explosion.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see JUMP
STARTING in the 6. In case of emergency
section. If the engine does not start by jump
starting, the battery may have to be replaced.
Contact a NISSAN dealer.
DI0137MA SDI1480C
Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove the 1. Remove the cell plugs *
A .
battery cover if it is necessary.) It should be
between the UPPER LEVEL * 1 and LOWER
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL
LEVEL * 2 lines. *1 line.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled If the side of the battery is not clear, check
water to bring the level to the indicator in each the distilled water level by looking directly
filler opening. Do not overfill. above the cell; the condition * 1 indicates
OK and the conditions * 2 needs more to
be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs *
A .
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belts. The engine could rotate unex-
pectedly.
WARNING
Be sure the engine and ignition switch
are off and that the parking brake is
engaged securely.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2020 SDI2180
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and
for servicing. reused. Replace it according to the maintenance
log shown in the NISSAN Service and Main-
Platinum-tipped spark plugs tenance Guide. When replacing the filter, wipe
It is not necessary to replace the platinum- the inside of the air cleaner housing and the
tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven- cover with a damp cloth.
tional type spark plugs since they will last much
longer. Follow the maintenance log shown in the WARNING
NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. Do
not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping. . Operating the engine with the air
Always replace spark plugs with recom- cleaner removed can cause you or
mended or equivalent ones. others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops
flame if the engine backfires. If it
CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision.
SDI2048
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
CAUTION
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. . After wiper blade replacement, re-
turn the wiper arm to its original
2. Push and hold the release tab *A , and position; otherwise it may be da-
move the wiper blade down the wiper arm maged when the hood is opened.
*1 .
. Make sure the wiper blades contact SDI2199
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper the glass; otherwise the arm may be If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful not
arm until a click sounds. damaged from wind pressure. to let wax get into the washer nozzle * A . This
4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is may cause clogging or improper windshield
in the groove. washer operation. If wax gets into the nozzle,
remove it with a needle or small pin * B .
Contact a NISSAN dealer for wiper blade rubber
replacement.
Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or If the brakes do not operate properly, have the Proper brake inspection intervals should
replacement is required. brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer. be followed. For additional information, see the
maintenance log section of your NISSAN
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES Service and Maintenance Guide.
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the
brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake
system check if the brake pedal height
does not return to normal.
FUSES
SDI2181 SDI1754
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed parts.
SDI2196
LIGHTS
SDI2182
*
A High-beam bulb
*
B Low-beam bulb
SDI2183
Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.
SDI2200
Side marker light (Halogen headlight model)
1. Remove the rubber cover. (See HEAD-
LIGHTS earlier in this section.)
2. Remove the bulb as illustrated.
SDI1679
SDI2030 SDI1500B
Front map light Cargo light
SDI2184
Front fog light (if so equipped)
SDI2031 SDI2032
Rear personal light Vanity mirror light
If you have a flat tire, see FLAT TIRE in and Loading Information label is affixed to not load your vehicle beyond
the 6. In case of emergency section. the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures this capacity. Overloading your
TIRE PRESSURE should be checked regularly because: vehicle may result in reduced
. Most tires naturally lose air over time. tire life, unsafe operating condi-
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) tions due to premature tire fail-
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure . Tires can lose air suddenly when driven ure, or unfavorable handling
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire over potholes or other objects or if the characteristics and could also
pressure of all tires except the spare. When vehicle strikes a curb while parking. lead to a serious accident. Load-
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or
The tire pressures should be checked ing beyond the specified capa-
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
when the tires are cold. The tires are city may also result in failure of
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is other vehicle components.
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).
considered COLD after the vehicle has
been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven . Before taking a long trip, or
Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop
in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate whenever you heavily load your
driving). speeds. vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
For more details, see Low tire pressure warning Incorrect tire pressure, including un- pressures are at the specified
light in the 2. Instruments and controls der inflation, may adversely affect tire level.
section, TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- life and vehicle handling.
TEM (TPMS) in the 5. Starting and driving . Do not drive your vehicle over 85
section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING MPH (137 km/h) unless it is
SYSTEM (TPMS) in the 6. In case of WARNING equipped with high speed rated
emergency section. tires. Driving faster than 85 MPH
. Improperly inflated tires can fail
Tire inflation pressure suddenly and cause an accident. (137 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and pos-
Check the pressure of the tires (including . The Gross Vehicle Weight rating
sible injury.
the spare) often and always prior to long (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.
distance trips. The recommended tire S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la- . For additional information re-
pressure specifications are shown on the bel. The vehicle weight capacity garding tires, refer to Important
Tire and Loading Information label under is indicated on the Tire and Tire Safety Information (US) or
the Cold Tire Pressure heading. The Tire Loading Information label. Do Tire Safety Information (Cana-
8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
SDI2197
*
4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to tion shown on the Tire and Loading
this pressure when the tires are cold. Information label.
Tires are considered COLD after the 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too
vehicle has been parked for 3 or much air is added, press the core of the
more hours, or driven less than 1 mile valve stem briefly with the tip of the
(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The gauge stem to release pressure. Re-
recommended cold tire inflation is set check the pressure and add or release
by the manufacturer to provide the air as needed.
best balance of tire wear, vehicle
6. Install the valve stem cap.
handling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,
up to the vehicles GVWR. 7. Check the pressure of all other tires,
including the spare.
*
5 Tire size see TIRE LABELING
later in this section. SDI1949
*
6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire Checking the tire pressure
size (if so equipped) 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the
tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto
the valve stem. Do not press too hard or
force the valve stem sideways, or air will
escape. If the hissing sound of air
escaping from the tire is heard while
checking the pressure, reposition the
gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
stem and compare it to the specifica-
8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
COLD TIRE
SIZE INFLATION
PRESSURE
P235/65R18 230 kPa,
FRONT 104T 33 PSI
ORIGINAL
TIRE P235/55R20 230 kPa,
102T 33 PSI
P235/65R18 230 kPa,
REAR 104T 33 PSI
ORIGINAL
TIRE P235/55R20 230 kPa,
102T 33 PSI
230 kPa, SDI1575 SDI1606
Original tire Example Example
SPARE 33 PSI
TIRE T165/90D18 420 kPa,
TIRE LABELING *
1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16
Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the . ONLY use spare tires specified for fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully
tire. the AWD model. loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In
addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,
If you install snow tires, they must be the same your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle
size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-
mended that all four tires be replaced with tires handling and performance may be adversely
four wheels. affected.
of the same size, brand, construction and tread
For additional traction on icy roads, studded pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment Tire chains must be installed only on the
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states should also be checked and corrected as front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.
Check local, state and provincial laws before Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE
installing studded tires. Skid and traction cap- TIRE CHAINS ONLY spare tire.
abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with
surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-
to location. Check the local laws before instal- tire chains in such conditions can cause damage
studded snow tires.
ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, make to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models sure they are the proper size for the tires on your some overstress.
vehicle and are installed according to the chain
manufacturers suggestions. Use only SAE
CAUTION Class S chains. Class S chains are used on
vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.
. Always use tires of the same type,
Vehicles that can use Class S chains are
size, brand, construction (bias, bias- designed to meet the SAE standard minimum
belted or radial), and tread pattern clearances between the tire and the closest
on all four wheels. Failure to do so vehicle suspension or body component required
may result in a circumference differ- to accommodate the use of a winter traction
ence between tires on the front and device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
rear axles which will cause exces- clearances are determined using the factory
sive tire wear and may damage the equipped tire size. Other types may damage
transmission, transfer case and dif- your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-
ferential gears. commended by the tire chain manufacturer to
ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire
chain must be secured or removed to prevent
the possibility of whipping action damage to the
8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
SDI1662 SDI1663
. Retighten the wheel nuts when
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES the vehicle has been driven for 1. Wear indicator
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in 2. Wear indicator location mark
Tire rotation cases of a flat tire, etc.).
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires Tire wear and damage
. Do not include the spare tire or
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See FLAT any other small size spare tire in
TIRE in the 6. In case of emergency the tire rotation. WARNING
section for tire replacing procedures.)
. For additional information re- . Tires should be periodically in-
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel garding tires, refer to Important spected for wear, cracking, bul-
nuts to the specified torque with a Tire Safety Information (US) or ging or objects caught in the
torque wrench. Tire Safety Information (Cana- tread. If excessive wear, cracks,
da) in the Warranty Information bulging or deep cuts are found,
Booklet. the tire(s) should be replaced.
. The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37
. Clean the inner side of the wheels when the . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-
CAUTION wheel is changed or the underside of the ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-
vehicle is washed. stalled. Avoid sharp turns and
Always use tires of the same type, size,
brand, construction (bias, bias-belted . Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing abrupt braking while driving.
or radial), and tread pattern on all four the wheels. . Periodically check spare tire infla-
wheels. Failure to do so may result in a . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or tion pressure. Always keep the
circumference difference between tires corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure of the TEMPORARY USE
on the front and rear axles which will pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,
cause excessive tire wear and may 4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure
. NISSAN recommends that the road wheels
damage the transmission, transfer case of the full size spare tire (if so
be waxed to protect against road salt in
and differential gears (AWD models). areas where it is used during winter. equipped) at the recommended
pressure for standard tires, as in-
Wheel balance Spare tire dicated on the Tire and Loading
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY Information label.
and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not . With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
get out of balance. Therefore, they should be function. spare tire installed do not drive your
balanced as required. vehicle at speeds faster than 50
Observe the following precautions if the TEM-
Wheel balance service should be per- PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used, MPH (80 km/h).
formed with the wheels off the vehicle. otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or . When driving on roads covered with
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle involved in an accident. snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
could lead to mechanical damage.
ONLY spare tire should be used on
For additional information regarding tires, refer WARNING the rear wheels and original tire
to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or used on the front wheels (drive
Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the War- . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare wheels). Use tire chains only on
ranty Information Booklet. tire should be used for emergency the front (original) tires.
use. It should be replaced with the
Care of wheels standard tire at the first opportunity . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to avoid possible tire or differential ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster
to maintain their appearance. damage. rate than the standard tire. Replace
CAUTION
. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-
PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire
chains will not fit properly and may
cause damage to the vehicle.
. Because the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire is smaller than the
original tire, ground clearance is
reduced. To avoid damage to the
vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.
Also do not drive the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
since it may get caught.
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure
instructed in the 8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications
FUEL RECOMMENDATION Gasoline specifications . The fuel should be unleaded and have
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets an octane rating no lower than that
NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded
the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci- recommended for unleaded gasoline.
premium gasoline with an octane rating of at
least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re- fications where it is available. Many of the . If an oxygenate-blend, other than
search octane number 96). automobile manufacturers developed this spe- methanol blend is used, it should
cification to improve emission control system contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, and vehicle performance. Ask your service (MTBE may, however, be added up to
you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an station manager if the gasoline meets the 15%.)
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number WWFC specifications.
(Research octane number 91), but you may . If a methanol blend is used, it should
notice a decrease in performance. Reformulated gasoline contain no more than 5% methanol
Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor- (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . It
CAUTION mulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially should also contain a suitable amount
designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN of appropriate cosolvents and corro-
. Using a fuel other than that speci- supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-
fied could adversely affect the emis- gests that you use reformulated gasoline when lated with appropriate cosolvents and
sion control system, and may also available. corrosion inhibitors, such methanol
blends may cause fuel system damage
affect warranty coverage.
Gasoline containing oxygenates and/or vehicle performance problems.
. Under no circumstances should a Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing At this time, sufficient data is not
leaded gasoline be used, because oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha- available to ensure that all methanol
this will damage the three-way cat- nol with or without advertising their presence. blends are suitable for use in NISSAN
alyst. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels vehicles.
. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. of which the oxygenate content and the fuel If any driveability problems such as engine
Your vehicle is not designed to run compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can determined. If in doubt, ask your service station after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately
manager. change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a
damage the fuel system compo-
nents and is not covered by the If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take low blend of MTBE.
NISSAN new vehicle limited war- the following precautions as the usage of such Take care not to spill gasoline during
ranty. fuels may cause vehicle performance problems refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
and/or fuel system damage. can cause paint damage.
Technical and consumer information 9-3
Oil viscosity
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is important
to select the engine oil viscosity based on the
temperatures at which the vehicle will be
operated before the next oil change. Choosing
an oil viscosity other than that recommended
could cause serious engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter
Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a
high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its
equivalent for the reason described in Change
STI0505 intervals.
1. API certification mark tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Change intervals
2. API service symbol Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis- The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE- cosity standard. These oils have the API engine are based on the use of the specified
certification mark on the front of the container. quality oils and filters. Using an engine oil and
COMMENDATION Oils which do not have the specified quality filter other than the specified quality, or exceed-
Selecting the correct oil label should not be used as they could cause ing recommended oil and filter change intervals
It is essential to choose the correct grade, engine damage. could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure Oil additives caused by improper maintenance or use of
satisfactory engine life and performance, see incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/ NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
LUBRICANTS earlier in this section. NISSAN additives. The use of an oil additive is not warranty.
recommends the use of an energy conserving oil necessary when the proper oil type is used and
maintenance intervals are followed. Your engine was filled with a high quality engine
in order to improve fuel economy.
oil when it was built. You do not have to change
Select only engine oils that meet the American Oil which may contain foreign matter or has the oil before the first recommended change
Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna- been previously used should not be used. interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend
Technical and consumer information 9-5
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
9-6 Technical and consumer information
SPECIFICATIONS
WHEN TRAVELING OR
REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
ANOTHER COUNTRY
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another coun-
try, you should first find out if the fuel available is
Overall length in (mm) 188.5 (4,788) suitable for your vehicles engine.
Overall width in (mm) 74.1 (1,883) Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
Overall height with- may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
in (mm) 67.0 (1,703)
out roof rack rail must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
Overall height with Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
in (mm) 68.1 (1,729)
roof rack rail where appropriate fuel is not available.
Front tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610) When transferring the registration of your
Rear tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610) vehicle to another country, state, province
Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825) or district, it may be necessary to modify the
Gross vehicle weight vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
lb (kg)
rating The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
See the F.M.V.S.S. STI0334
Gross axle weight
certification label
emission control and safety standards vary
rating according to the country, state, province or
on the drivers side VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Front lb (kg) lock pillar. district; therefore, vehicle specifications may (VIN) PLATE
differ.
Rear lb (kg) The vehicle identification number plate is at-
When any vehicle is to be taken into tached as shown. This number is the identifica-
another country, state, province or district tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
and registered, its modifications, transpor- registration.
tation, and registration are the responsi-
bility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL LABEL LABEL
The emission control information label is at- The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at-
tached to the underside of the hood as shown. Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as tached as shown.
illustrated.
STI0564
load from your trailer will be transferred lb. (98 N) to a single hook *
A or 7 lb. (31 N)
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to to a single hook * B when securing cargo.
determine how this reduces the avail-
able cargo and luggage load capacity WARNING
of your vehicle.
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm or straps to help prevent it from
that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle sliding or shifting. Do not place
Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. a sudden stop or collision, unse-
(See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS cured cargo could cause personal
later in this section.) injury.
Also check tires for proper inflation pres- . The child restraint top tether strap
sures. See the Tire and Loading Information may be damaged by contact with
label. items in the cargo area. Secure any
items in the cargo area. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision if the top tether strap is
damaged.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier
than the GVWR or the maximum
SIC3596 front and rear GAWRs. If you do,
parts of your vehicle can break, tire
SECURING THE LOAD damage could occur, or it can
There are tie down hooks located in the cargo change the way your vehicle han-
area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used dles. This could result in loss of
to secure cargo with ropes or other types of control and cause personal injury.
straps.
Do not apply a total load of more than 22
9-14 Technical and consumer information
TOWING A TRAILER
later in this section. Example: The available towing capacity may be less than
the maximum towing capacity due to the
2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the . Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.
GCWR. The remaining amount is the avail- on a scale - including passengers, cargo
able maximum towing capacity. and hitch - 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg). Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-
tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If the
To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the
your trailer on a scale with all equipment and F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label - cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not
cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is 5,263 lb. (2,387 kg). exceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-
towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not
more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating . Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) tion even if the calculated available tongue
from Towing Load/Specification chart - weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated
shown on the trailer and is not more than the tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total
calculated available maximum towing capacity. 8,300 lb. (3,765 kg).
trailer weight to match the available tongue
Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale . Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow- weight.
to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and ing Load/Specification chart - 3,500 lb.
(1,588 kg). Always verify that available capacities are within
Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front the required ratings.
Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight 5,263 lb. (2,387 kg) GVWR
on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW
The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to
be moved or removed to meet the specified Available for tongue
= 337 lb. (152 kg)
ratings. weight
Hitch ball
Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and
weight rating for your trailer:
. The required hitch ball size is stamped on
most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also
have the size printed on top of the ball.
. Choose the proper class hitch ball based on
the trailer weight.
Technical and consumer information 9-19
trailer lights while using the vehicle tail abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; from traffic. Steering stability, and braking
light, stoplight and turn signal circuits check for improper tongue load, overload, performance will be somewhat different than
as a signal source. The module/con- worn suspension or other possible causes under normal driving conditions.
of either condition.
verter must draw no more than 15 . Always secure items in the trailer to prevent
milliamps from the stop and tail lamp . Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving.
circuits. Using a module/converter that load shift while driving.
. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or
exceeds these power requirements may
. Keep the cargo load as low as possible in lock to prevent the coupler from inadver-
damage the vehicles electrical system. the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity tently becoming unlatched.
See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain low.
the proper equipment and to have it . Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.
installed. . Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the
trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in . Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.
Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or the back half. Also make sure the load is . Always drive your vehicle at a moderate
local regulations. For assistance in hooking up balanced side to side. speed. Some states or provinces have
trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or . Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, specific speed limits for vehicles that are
reputable trailer dealer. vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.
Trailer brakes and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you . When backing up, hold the bottom of the
attach a trailer to the vehicle. steering wheel with one hand. Move your
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,
make sure it conforms to federal and/or local . Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to hand in the direction in which you want the
regulations and that it is properly installed. all federal, state or local regulations. If not, trailer to go. Make small corrections and
install any mirrors required for towing before back up slowly. If possible, have someone
driving the vehicle. guide you when you are backing up.
WARNING
. Determine the overall height of the vehicle Always block the wheels on both vehicle and
Never connect a trailer brake system and trailer so the required clearance is trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not
directly to the vehicle brake system. known. recommended; however, if you must do so:
the wheels and applying the parking When going up a long grade, downshift the vehicle handling. If swaying does occur,
brake, transmission damage could oc- transmission to a lower gear and reduce firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straight
cur. speed to reduce chances of engine over- ahead, and immediately (but gradually)
loading and/or overheating. reduce vehicle speed. This combination will
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. help stabilize the vehicle. Never increase
. If the engine coolant rises to an extremely speed.
2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill high temperature when the air conditioning
side of the vehicle and trailer wheels. system is on, turn off the air conditioner. Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:
Coolant heat can be additionally vented by
3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly opening the windows, switching the fan 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to
release the brake pedal until the blocks control to high and setting the temperature allow the vehicle to coast and steer as
absorb the vehicle load. control to the HOT position. straight ahead as the road conditions allow.
This combination will help stabilize the
4. Apply the parking brake. . Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal vehicle.
circumstances.
5. Shift the transmission into P (Park). Do not correct trailer sway by steering or
. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles applying the brakes.
6. Turn off the engine.
(800 km).
2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply
To drive away:
. Have your vehicle serviced more often than the brakes and pull to the side of the road in
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. at intervals specified in the recommended a safe area.
maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-
2. Start the engine. vice and Maintenance Guide. 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is
balanced as described earlier in this section.
3. Shift the transmission into gear. . When making a turn, your trailer wheels will
be closer to the inside of the turn than your . Be careful when passing other vehicles.
4. Release the parking brake. Passing while towing a trailer requires
vehicle wheels. To compensate for this,
5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are make a larger than normal turning radius considerably more distance than normal
clear from the blocks. during the turn. passing. Remember the length of the trailer
must also pass the other vehicle before you
6. Apply and hold the brake pedal. . Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely can safely change lanes.
affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.
ing vehicle sway. When being passed by . Down shift the transmission to a lower gear
for engine braking when driving down steep
. When going down a hill, shift into a lower larger vehicles, be prepared for possible
changes in crosswinds that could affect or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle
gear and use the engine braking effect.
9-22 Technical and consumer information
without applying the brakes. When towing a trailer, the transmission may cause serious and expensive
fluid should be changed more frequently. damage to the powertrain.
. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too For additional information, see the 8.
long or too frequently. This could cause the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section . For emergency towing procedures
brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced earlier in this manual. refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED
braking efficiency. BY NISSAN in the 6. In case of
. Increase your following distance to allow for FLAT TOWING emergency section of this manual.
greater stopping distances while towing a Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the
trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually. ground is sometimes called flat towing. This Continuously Variable Transmission
. Do not use cruise control while towing a
method is sometimes used when towing a (CVT)
vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a
trailer. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:
motor home.
. Some states or provinces have specific Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the
regulations and speed limits for vehicles CAUTION wheels on the ground.
that are towing trailers. Obey the local
speed limits. Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:
. Failure to follow these guidelines
. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness can result in severe transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously
connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after damage. Variable Transmission (CVT), an appropriate
vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed
50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every . Whenever flat towing your vehicle,
break. vehicles driving wheels. Always follow the dolly
always tow forward, never back- manufacturers recommendations when using
. When stopped in traffic for long periods of ward. their product.
time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P . DO NOT tow any continuously vari-
(Park) position. able transmission vehicle with all
. When launching a boat, dont allow the four wheels on the ground (flat
water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE
rear bumper. internal transmission parts due to
lack of transmission lubrication.
. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights
before backing the trailer into the water or . DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive
the trailer lights may burn out. (AWD) vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground. Doing so
Technical and consumer information 9-23
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
WARRANTY only) MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
Your NISSAN is covered by the following If you believe that your vehicle has a defect A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
emission warranties. which could cause a crash or could cause should never be tested using a two wheel
injury or death, you should immediately dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used
For USA: by some states for emissions testing), or similar
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
. Emission Defects Warranty Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
equipment. Make sure you inform test facility
personnel that your vehicle is equipped with
. Emissions Performance Warranty notifying NISSAN. AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.
Details of these warranties may be found with If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it Using the wrong test equipment may result in
other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In- transmission damage or unexpected vehicle
may open an investigation, and if it finds movement which could result in serious vehicle
formation Booklet which comes with your that a safety defect exists in a group of
NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty damage or personal injury.
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be- Due to legal requirements in some states/areas
may obtain a replacement by writing to: or provinces, your vehicle may be required to be
come involved in individual problems be-
. in what is called the ready condition for an
Nissan North America, Inc. tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN. Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003 To contact NHTSA, you may call the sion control system.
Franklin, TN 37068-5003 Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- The vehicle is set to the ready condition when
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to it is driven through certain driving patterns.
For Canada:
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad- Usually, the ready condition can be obtained
Emission Control System Warranty ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
Details of these warranties may be found with SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can If a powertrain system component is repaired or
other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In- also obtain other information about motor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be
formation Booklet which comes with your vehicle safety from http://www.safercar. reset to a not ready condition. Before taking
NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty gov. the I/M test, check the vehicles inspection/
Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you maintenance test readiness condition. Turn the
may obtain a replacement by writing to: You may notify NISSAN by contacting our ignition switch to the ON position without
Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator
. Nissan Canada Inc. 1-800-NISSAN-1 (1-800-647-7261). Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and
5290 Orbitor Drive then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test
Mississauga, Ontario, condition is not ready. If the MIL does not
L4W 4Z5 blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is
Technical and consumer information 9-25
ready. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times. This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is
If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready 7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h) to record, in certain crash or near crash-like
condition, drive the vehicle through the following and maintain the speed for at least 3 situations, such as an air bag deployment or
pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condi- minutes. hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in
tion. If you cannot or do not want to perform the understanding how a vehicles systems per-
driving pattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct it 8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmission
selector lever in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) formed. The EDR is designed to record data
for you. related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems
position.
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
WARNING 9. Turn the engine off. or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
10. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more
Always drive the vehicle in a safe and
time. . How various systems in your vehicle were
prudent manner according to traffic
operating;
conditions and obey all traffic laws. If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat the
preceding step. Any safe driving mode is . Whether or not the driver and passenger
1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle acceptable between steps. Do not stop the safety belts were buckled/fastened;
until the engine coolant temperature gauge engine until step 7 is completed.
needle points between the C and H (normal . How far (if at all) the driver was depressing
operating temperature). the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 . How fast the vehicle was traveling.
km/h), then quickly release the accelerator . Sounds are not recorded.
pedal completely and keep it released for at
least 10 seconds. These data can help provide a better under-
standing of the circumstances in which crashes
3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a and injuries occur.
moment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of
53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least 9 NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle
minutes. only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data
are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running. conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,
5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h) gender, age and crash location) are recorded.
and maintain the speed for 20 seconds. However, other parties, such as law enforce-
9-26 Technical and consumer information
OWNERS MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
ment, could combine the EDR data with the type A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best Strongsville, OH 44149
of personally identifying data routinely acquired source of service and repair information for your 1-800-247-5321
during a crash investigation. vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrations In Canada:
and step-by-step diagnostic and adjustment
To read data recorded by an EDR, special procedures, this manual is the same one used To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN
equipment is required and access to the vehicle by the factory trained technicians working at a Service Manual or Owners Manual please
or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle NISSAN dealer. Also available are genuine contact a NISSAN dealer. For the phone number
manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, NISSAN Owners Manuals, and genuine and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call
such as law enforcement, that have the special NISSAN Service and Owners Manuals for older the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-
equipment, can read the information if they have NISSAN models. 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will assist you.
only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle In the USA:
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and
For current pricing and availability of genuine Owners Manuals for older NISSAN models.
permitted by law.
NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model
year and later, contact: IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION
Tweddle Litho Company Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this
1-800-450-9491 unlikely event, there is some important informa-
www.nissan-techinfo.com tion you should know.
For current pricing and availability of genuine
Many insurance companies routinely authorize
NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model
the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to
year and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:
cut costs, among other reasons.
Resolve Corporation
20770 Westwood Drive Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN
Strongsville, OH 44149 Collision Parts!
1-800-247-5321 If you want your vehicle to be restored using
For current pricing and availability of genuine parts made to NISSANs original exacting
NISSAN Owners Manuals for this model year specifications if you want to help it to last
and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact: and hold its resale value, the solution is simple.
Tell your insurance agent and your repair
Resolve Corporation shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-
20770 Westwood Drive sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-
Technical and consumer information 9-27
MEMO
10 Index
A Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) . . . . . . 2-41 Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Aiming control, Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Brightness control and display ON/OFF
Air bag system Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47 Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 Brightness control, Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . 1-48 Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Front-seat mounted side-impact Automatic Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51 Door unlock mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and Drive positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 C
rollover supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . 1-51
Seat positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Cabin air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54, 2-14
Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
B
Air conditioner Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Back door (See lift gate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Air conditioner service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Cargo floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Cargo lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Keyfob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 Cargo net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30, 9-6 Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 CD/CF care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Alarm, How to stop alarm Belts (See drive belts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Center multi-function control panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
(see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 (with navigation system for Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System Installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 (with navigation system for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 Installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Bluetooth hands-free phone system without LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . 2-11 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37 Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Appearance care Brake Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Exterior appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Chimes, Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Cigarette lighter and ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Display cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Display controls Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-5
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4 (See center multi-function control panel) . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Engine oil replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Dot matrix liquid crystal display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Drive positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Command (See Bluetooth Hands-Free Driving If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Phone System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Command (See NISSAN voice recognition Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Entry/exit function, Automatic drive positioner . . . 3-30
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11, 4-114, 4-132 Driving with CVT Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Compact Disc (CD) changer (Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . 5-13 Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 On-pavement and off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
CompactFlash (CF) player Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2 F
(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 DVD player, NISSAN mobile entertainment. . . . . . 4-62 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Filter
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) E Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Coolant Economy, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . 2-36
Capacities and recommended Elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
fuel/ lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Engine Fluid
Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Cover, Cargo cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Capacities and recommended
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
CVT, Driving with CVT Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
D Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Daytime running light system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)
Defroster switch, Rear window and outside
mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
10-2
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 H Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth
Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . 1-48 Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-7
(with navigation system for Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 (with navigation system for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Front-seat active head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Fuel Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Capacities and recommended Headlights Intelligent Key warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Aiming control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Fuel economy information (display). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 iPod player operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Fuel octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 ISOFIX child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Headphones (See NISSAN mobile
Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 entertainment system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65, 4-72
Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 J
Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Heater
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Heater and air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 K
HomeLink Universal Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Keyless entry (See remote keyless entry
G system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Hook
Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Garage door opener, HomeLink Universal Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Keys, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-7
Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 L
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 I Labels
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
Ignition switch (Push-button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . 9-9
Indicator, Dot matrix display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . 8-31, 9-10
INFO button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
10-3
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Low tire pressure warning system (See tire N
LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . 9-11 Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Net, Cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Luggage side box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 New vehicle break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Light NISSAN Mobile entertainment system (MES) . . . 4-62
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 M NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 NISSAN Voice recognition system (models
Maintenance with navigation system) (for Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Cargo lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 NISSAN Voice recognition system
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 (models with navigation system) (for U.S.). . . . . . 4-109
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Indicators for maintenance (dot matrix) . . . . . . 2-20 No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Maintenance information (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 O
Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Oil
Mood lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Capacities and recommended
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Malfunction indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Warning/indicator lights and audible Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Master warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Oil filter replacement indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner. . . . . 3-30
Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . 8-27 Operation, Indicators for operation
Meter, Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 (dot matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Loading information
Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Outside air temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
(See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Meters and gauges, Instrument brightness Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Lock
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Automatic door unlock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Mirror
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Owners Manual/Service Manual order
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Lift gate lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Monitor, Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 P
Vehicle speed sensing door lock
Mood lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Music box hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
10-4
10-5
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Touch screen system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Towing
Starting Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-39 Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2 T Towing load/specification chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
STATUS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Temperature gauge, Engine coolant TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48 temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Steering Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), Transceiver, HomeLink Universal
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Transmission
Steering lock release malfunction Tilting telescopic steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Tire fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Steering-wheel-mounted controls for Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light . . . 2-13 Driving with CVT
audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 (Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . 5-13
Tire replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Tilting telescopic steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Transmission selector lever lock release . . . . . 5-16
Tires
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Transmitter (See remote keyless
Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Storage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another
Tire and Loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . 1-54, 2-14 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Precautions on supplemental restraint Tire pressure monitoring system U
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2
Switch Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 V
Headlight aiming control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Tonneau cover (see cargo cover). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Top tether strap child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
10-6
10-7
MEMO
10-8
Black plate (2,1)
QUICK REFERENCE
1. Battery (P.8-13)
2. Brake fluid (P.8-12)
3. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-41)
4. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)
5. Hood release (P.3-18)
6. Seat (P.1-2)
7. Seat belt (P.1-10)
8. Door lock (P.3-4)
9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-23)
Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
10. Engine oil (P.8-8)
11. Engine coolant (P.8-7)
12. Window washer fluid (P.8-12)
13. Air conditioner (P.4-26)
Audio system (P.4-31)
14. Spare tire (P.6-2)
STI0565